S3 Series Mechanical & Manual Valve

• 

  View options

  Airtac S3 series: manually operated directional valve - S3Y06

  Specifications: S3Y06 is an AirTAC S3 control valve with 3 ports, 2 positions, a hand lever actuator and PT 1/8 inch connections. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Functional Alternative Statement Airtac S3 series valves are functional alternatives to SMC VM200 series valves. Model Code Explained Parameter Details Exact ordering code S3Y06 Series S3 3 ports, 2 positions; external direct mechanical control Control-head code Y Hand lever Port-size code 06 PT 1/8 inch Thread option Blank = PT Color suffix Not used for this control-head type Technical Specifications Parameter Details Fluid Air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating method External direct acting Valve function 3 ports, 2 positions Selected control form hand lever Working connection PT 1/8 inch Effective flow area 8.0 mm² Cv 0.45 Operating-pressure range 0–1.0 MPa (0–145 psi) Proof pressure 1.5 MPa (215 psi) Working temperature −20 to 70 °C Body material Aluminum alloy Lubrication Not required Features and Pneumatic Operation The shut-off/poppet construction provides internal sealing and sensitive directional switching without a lubrication requirement. The valve supports body mounting and the illustrated panel arrangements for the applicable control head. The selected control head is manually operated. The available head forms serve different operator controls; only the head encoded in this exact model is selected here. The catalog identifies this control-head family as using a metal mechanism for durability and stable operation. That statement does not assign an unspecified material to every internal component. Lubrication is not required. If lubricated air is introduced, continue using the same lubrication medium without interruption; the catalog recommends ISO VG32 oil or an equivalent grade. Port letters identify P as the supply, A as the controlled outlet and R as exhaust. The graphical symbol in the PDF defines the exact flow paths for the selected actuator and valve position. Selected Operating Travel Parameter Details Selected Y-lever travel The reversal-stroke table does not give a numerical Y-lever stroke. Use its dedicated lever drawing; a pushbutton or roller stroke is not substituted. The listed stroke ranges are installation limits for the selected control form. Travel is not an added body dimension. Use the drawing orientation and do not drive the mechanism past its stated range. Installation, Travel Limits and Operation Mount the valve through the body fixing points or use the illustrated panel arrangement where the selected head permits it. Keep the body and head aligned and retain access to the pneumatic ports. The catalog does not state a general screw-tightening torque. Do not exceed the selected spool and actuator stroke ranges. Excess travel imposed by the external mechanism can cause leakage or damage. Engineering-plastic button components must be operated by hand and must not be struck with metal tools; the dedicated mechanical roller/plunger models are actuated by their intended external mechanism. This control form is manually reset. Return the lever or selector deliberately to the required position; it is not described as an automatically returning pushbutton. Body and Mounting Dimensions The S3B body drawing supplies the base dimensions for the selected port size. A selected control head is shown separately; its dimensions are not a complete assembled-valve envelope. Drawing reference Value Drawing dimension A 30 mm Drawing dimension B 16.5 mm Drawing dimension C 47 mm Drawing dimension D 41 mm Drawing dimension KA 23 mm Drawing dimension KB 20.5 mm Drawing dimension PA 17.5 mm Drawing dimension PB 11.5 mm Drawing K M5 × 0.8; the illustration marks two K mounting positions Drawing P — two connection callouts PT 1/8 inch Selected Control Head and Replacement Reference The values below describe the selected actuator or control-head assembly. They are separate from the body drawing and must not be added indiscriminately to the body dimensions. Control-head drawing reference Value Head height reference 42 mm Head base length 33.5 mm Plan length reference 37 mm Head width 16.5 mm Local vertical reference 17 mm Lower vertical reference 10.5 mm The S3 catalog explicitly lists control-head assembly M3Y210-P13A for this head family. The M3/S3 prefix on a shared replacement head is retained exactly; it does not change this valve’s S3 ordering code. This valve includes its selected actuator; a second head is not required for normal operation. Dimension Drawing Reminder All linear drawing values above are in millimeters unless a thread or angle unit is stated. The original drawings retain the dimension-arrow relationships, actuator orientations and port views that cannot be fully represented by a two-column table. For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal Components — Catalog Reference The sectioned illustration is labeled S3PM. Its numbered components are listed below as a series construction reference. This is not a spare-parts kit or an assertion that every actuator variation has an identical exploded assembly. Materials are stated only where the catalog expressly supplies them. Drawing item Component 1 Body 2 Bottom cover 3 Stopper plug 4 Valve core 5 Cross-head screw 6 Button pressing buckle 7 Spring 8 Clamping washer 9 Dust cover 10 Button cap 11 Main button body 12 Top cover 13 Button retaining ring 14 Clamping nut 15 Button holder 16 Button fixing connector 17 O-ring 18 Spring 19 Spring 20 O-ring Flow Characteristics The catalog flow chart for S3B-06 plots operating pressure in MPa on the vertical axis from 0 to 0.8, and flow in L/min on the horizontal axis from 0 to 900. The family of curves illustrates the pressure/flow relationship. Axis limits are graph bounds, not guaranteed rated flow values for this complete valve; use the supplied curve and the required pressure conditions. Supply Scope and Related Heads This ordering code identifies one valve with its selected control-head form. It does not encode a multiple-valve assembly, a spare head, a silencer, mounting-panel hardware or pneumatic tubing. Where the catalog lists a separately orderable head, its exact code is given above as a replacement reference; the source does not provide a screw/gasket quantity breakdown for a service kit. Series Ordering Options The S3 family offers B, C, D, Y, R, L and V heads; red-only PL; and PP, PF, PM and HS in red, green or black. Port options are M5, 06 (1/8 inch) and 08 (1/4 inch). The original linked ordering chart uses M5 for the metric complete-valve code, while some replacement-head and Chinese drawing labels use 05; those labels do not authorize changing this listing code. For 1/8 and 1/4 inch connections, a blank thread suffix means PT, G means G thread and T means NPT. M5 connections have no such thread suffix. These are series alternatives; the selected configuration is the one decoded above. Reference Weight Catalog reference weight: 115 g, from the S3Y row of the 2022 comprehensive catalog weight table (paper page 300). The catalog weight table identifies the control-head family without a port, color or thread suffix. This is that published family reference, not an independently measured weight for every option. The table states that weights are for reference only; actual weight is determined by the delivered product. This is not a measured or packaged shipping weight. Catalog Basis Technical information is taken from the linked S3 catalog and cross-checked against the 2022 comprehensive catalog, paper pages 140–142 (PDF pages 141–143). The paper-page-300 weight table is cited separately above. No unrelated series dimensions or weights are substituted. Optional Piping Accessories P = this S3 valve’s female supply connection (PT1/8); W = its female controlled working connection A (PT1/8). The body drawing’s 2-P callout gives the two connection sizes; K identifies mounting threads, not pneumatic ports. Keep supply and working circuits separate. Multiple keys retain each use. Tube OD is mm (in = inches); compression/tubing show OD × ID. These piping accessories are optional and ordered separately. Code-prefix uses (match the longest listed family prefix): ASC inline threaded flow control; BB male–male; BKC compression fitting; BPC metal straight; BPOC metal straight; GAFR upstream filter-regulator; GPSA/PSA inline flow control; PC straight; PEB branch tee; PED run tee; PH banjo elbow; PHF female branch banjo; PHW twin banjo; PKD reducing distribution fitting; PL elbow; PLL extended elbow; POC round straight; PSL elbow flow control; PSS flow control; PTL push-lock flow control; PYB Y; PZB cross; UE PU tube; US PU tube. Use Size / complete codes P ASC10006,GAFR20006S P,W male PT1/8 ↔ male PT1/8: BB0101,BB0101-Smale PT1/4 ↔ male PT1/8: BB0102,BB0102-Smale PT3/8 ↔ male PT1/8: BB0103,BB0103-S4 × 2.5: BKC0425-01,BKC0425-01-S,UE95A040025100MBU,US98A040025100MBU6 × 4: BKC0604-01,BKC0604-01-S,UE95A060040100MBU,US98A060040100MBU8 × 5: BKC0805-01,BKC0805-01-S,UE95A080050100MBU,US98A080050100MBU8 × 5.5 or 6: BKC0806-01,BKC0806-01-S10: BPC1001,GPSA10,GPSA10D,PC1001,PC1001-S,PC1001D,PC1001D-S,PEB1001,PEB1001-S,PEB1001D,PEB1001D-S,PED1001,PED1001-S,PED1001D,PED1001D-S,PL1001,PL1001-S,PL1001D,PL1001D-S,PLL1001,PLL1001-S,PLL1001D,PLL1001D-S,POC1001,POC1001-S,POC1001D,POC1001D-S,PSA10,PSA10-S,PSA10D,PSA10D-S,PYB1001,PYB1001-S,PYB1001D,PYB1001D-S4: BPC401,BPOC401,GPSA4,GPSA4D,PC401,PC401-M,PC401-S,PC401D,PC401D-M,PC401D-S,PEB401,PEB401-S,PEB401D,PEB401D-S,PED401,PED401-S,PED401D,PED401D-S,PH401,PH401-S,PH401D,PH401D-S,PHW401,PHW401-S,PHW401D,PHW401D-S,PL401,PL401-M,PL401-S,PL401D,PL401D-M,PL401D-S,PLL401,PLL401-S,PLL401D,PLL401D-S,POC401,POC401-S,POC401D,POC401D-S,PSA4,PSA4-S,PSA4D,PSA4D-S,PSL401A,PSL401A-S,PSL401AD,PSL401AD-S,PSL401B,PSL401B-S,PSL401BD,PSL401BD-S,PTL401A-M,PTL401AD-M,PTL401B-M,PTL401BD-M,PYB401,PYB401-S,PYB401D,PYB401D-S6: BPC601,BPOC601,GPSA6,GPSA6D,PC601,PC601-M,PC601-S,PC601D,PC601D-M,PC601D-S,PEB601,PEB601-S,PEB601D,PEB601D-S,PED601,PED601-S,PED601D,PED601D-S,PH601,PH601-S,PH601D,PH601D-S,PHW601,PHW601-S,PHW601D,PHW601D-S,PL601,PL601-M,PL601-S,PL601D,PL601D-M,PL601D-S,PLL601,PLL601-S,PLL601D,PLL601D-S,POC601,POC601-S,POC601D,POC601D-S,PSA6,PSA6-S,PSA6D,PSA6D-S,PSL601A,PSL601A-S,PSL601AD,PSL601AD-S,PSL601B,PSL601B-S,PSL601BD,PSL601BD-S,PSS601A,PSS601A-S,PSS601AD,PSS601AD-S,PSS601B,PSS601B-S,PSS601BD,PSS601BD-S,PTL601A,PTL601A-M,PTL601AD,PTL601AD-M,PTL601B,PTL601B-M,PTL601BD,PTL601BD-M,PYB601,PYB601-S,PYB601D,PYB601D-S,PZB601,PZB601-S,PZB601D,PZB601D-S8: BPC801,BPOC801,GPSA8,GPSA8D,PC801,PC801-S,PC801D,PC801D-S,PEB801,PEB801-S,PEB801D,PEB801D-S,PED801,PED801-S,PED801D,PED801D-S,PH801,PH801-S,PH801D,PH801D-S,PHW801,PHW801-S,PHW801D,PHW801D-S,PL801,PL801-S,PL801D,PL801D-S,PLL801,PLL801-S,PLL801D,PLL801D-S,POC801,POC801-S,POC801D,POC801D-S,PSA8,PSA8-S,PSA8D,PSA8D-S,PSL801A,PSL801A-S,PSL801AD,PSL801AD-S,PSL801B,PSL801B-S,PSL801BD,PSL801BD-S,PSS801A,PSS801A-S,PSS801AD,PSS801AD-S,PSS801B,PSS801B-S,PSS801BD,PSS801BD-S,PTL801A,PTL801AD,PTL801B,PTL801BD,PYB801,PYB801-S,PYB801D,PYB801D-S,PZB801,PZB801-S,PZB801D,PZB801D-S12: GPSA12,GPSA12D,PC1201,PC1201-S,PC1201D,PC1201D-S,PL1201,PL1201-S,PL1201D,PL1201D-S,PSA12,PSA12-S,PSA12D,PSA12D-S4; male RA PT1/8 / female RB PT1/8: PHF401,PHF401-S,PHF401D,PHF401D-S6; male RA PT1/8 / female RB PT1/8: PHF601,PHF601-S,PHF601D,PHF601D-S8; male RA PT1/8 / female RB PT1/8: PHF801,PHF801-S,PHF801D,PHF801D-Smain 6 / branch 4: PKD6-401,PKD6-401-S,PKD6-401D,PKD6-401D-S10 × 6.5: UE95A100065100MBU,US98A100065100MBU12 × 8: UE95A120080100MBU,US98A120080100MBU Match PT/G/NPT exactly. Use the specified thread seal or face gasket. Match tube OD and compression OD/ID; metric and inch sizes are not interchangeable. Use suitable soft nylon/PU tube and check seating, clearance, bends and flow. Tighten compression bodies by the hex, not tube nuts. Where listed: D is black, blank grey, -M miniature; -S denotes only the specified 304 stainless parts. PSA/GPSA are tube-side flow controls and need separate matching tube connections; they do not screw directly into P or W. PHF use male RA at the valve; female RB requires its own matching male thread and seal and is not a tube socket. Match both adapter ends to their separate mating parts. Branches join one circuit. Keep supply P and working A separate; do not bridge these paths. Standard push-in fittings and flow-control parts: ≤1 MPa, −20–70°C. Metal BPC/BPOC: ≤0.9 MPa; compression fittings/thread adapters: ≤1 MPa. The listed metal push-in, compression and adapter groups have a 0–150°C range, limiting the connected valve path to 0–70°C or narrower. Apply every stricter component limit; no system vacuum rating is established. This mechanically or manually operated S3 valve operates at 0–1 MPa and −20–70°C with 40 µm filtered air. Accessory limits may narrow that range; proof pressure is not working pressure. The piping choices are optional and ordered separately, and do not establish separately orderable panel-mounting or internal-part kits. Flow-control suffix A restricts thread→tube, with free reverse flow; suffix B reverses it. Supply normally flows tube→thread. At valve working port A, suffix A restricts flow to the actuator and suffix B the return; cylinder-mounted orientation differs. Follow the flow symbols, including PSA/GPSA. Closed controls are not leak-tight isolation. Adjust gently without forcing stops; depressurize before tube removal. Never cap an active supply or working connection. ASC is a separately connected upstream supply flow control, assigned to P only. Both female ports require matching male connections; follow its P/A markings. Its limits are 0.05–0.95 MPa and −20–70°C with ≤40 µm filtration. The complete valve path must meet these and every stricter component limit; the valve’s 0–1 MPa range does not extend the ASC rating. GAFR is a separately connected upstream supply filter/regulator, assigned to P only. Both female ports require matching male piping; follow IN→OUT and check total flow and bowl/environment suitability. Inlet ≤1 MPa; regulation 0.15–0.9 MPa; −5–70°C, nonfreezing. Apply every stricter valve/component limit. Listed GAFR S versions have a 40 µm filter, PC bowl, differential/manual drain, bracket and round snap-in gauge (MPa/psi), without a reverse-flow valve. Air lubrication is not required. If lubricated air is introduced, continue with consistent lubrication using ISO VG32 or equivalent oil. US98A/UE95A examples are separately ordered blue 100 m metric PU coils rated 1 MPa at 23°C. US98A: −20–70°C; UE95A: −40–70°C. Match OD/ID and derate as temperature rises within valve/component limits; 1 MPa is not assured throughout. Use inch tube where the selected connection requires it; metric tube is not a substitute. PTL recommended cap-adjustment torque: 1/8: 0.08 N·m. These are not thread-installation torques. Items marked discontinued are historical service references, not current standard recommendations. Confirm availability or a manufacturer-approved replacement. An unmarked catalogue entry does not promise current production, stock or delivery. All listed options are ordered separately.

  Read more less

  $21.10

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac S3 series: manually operated directional valve - S3Y06T

  Specifications: S3Y06T is an AirTAC S3 control valve with 3 ports, 2 positions, a hand lever actuator and NPT 1/8 inch connections. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Functional Alternative Statement Airtac S3 series valves are functional alternatives to SMC VM200 series valves. Model Code Explained Parameter Details Exact ordering code S3Y06T Series S3 3 ports, 2 positions; external direct mechanical control Control-head code Y Hand lever Port-size code 06 NPT 1/8 inch Thread option T = NPT Color suffix Not used for this control-head type Technical Specifications Parameter Details Fluid Air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating method External direct acting Valve function 3 ports, 2 positions Selected control form hand lever Working connection NPT 1/8 inch Effective flow area 8.0 mm² Cv 0.45 Operating-pressure range 0–1.0 MPa (0–145 psi) Proof pressure 1.5 MPa (215 psi) Working temperature −20 to 70 °C Body material Aluminum alloy Lubrication Not required Features and Pneumatic Operation The shut-off/poppet construction provides internal sealing and sensitive directional switching without a lubrication requirement. The valve supports body mounting and the illustrated panel arrangements for the applicable control head. The selected control head is manually operated. The available head forms serve different operator controls; only the head encoded in this exact model is selected here. The catalog identifies this control-head family as using a metal mechanism for durability and stable operation. That statement does not assign an unspecified material to every internal component. Lubrication is not required. If lubricated air is introduced, continue using the same lubrication medium without interruption; the catalog recommends ISO VG32 oil or an equivalent grade. Port letters identify P as the supply, A as the controlled outlet and R as exhaust. The graphical symbol in the PDF defines the exact flow paths for the selected actuator and valve position. Selected Operating Travel Parameter Details Selected Y-lever travel The reversal-stroke table does not give a numerical Y-lever stroke. Use its dedicated lever drawing; a pushbutton or roller stroke is not substituted. The listed stroke ranges are installation limits for the selected control form. Travel is not an added body dimension. Use the drawing orientation and do not drive the mechanism past its stated range. Installation, Travel Limits and Operation Mount the valve through the body fixing points or use the illustrated panel arrangement where the selected head permits it. Keep the body and head aligned and retain access to the pneumatic ports. The catalog does not state a general screw-tightening torque. Do not exceed the selected spool and actuator stroke ranges. Excess travel imposed by the external mechanism can cause leakage or damage. Engineering-plastic button components must be operated by hand and must not be struck with metal tools; the dedicated mechanical roller/plunger models are actuated by their intended external mechanism. This control form is manually reset. Return the lever or selector deliberately to the required position; it is not described as an automatically returning pushbutton. Body and Mounting Dimensions The S3B body drawing supplies the base dimensions for the selected port size. A selected control head is shown separately; its dimensions are not a complete assembled-valve envelope. Drawing reference Value Drawing dimension A 30 mm Drawing dimension B 16.5 mm Drawing dimension C 47 mm Drawing dimension D 41 mm Drawing dimension KA 23 mm Drawing dimension KB 20.5 mm Drawing dimension PA 17.5 mm Drawing dimension PB 11.5 mm Drawing K M5 × 0.8; the illustration marks two K mounting positions Drawing P — two connection callouts NPT 1/8 inch Selected Control Head and Replacement Reference The values below describe the selected actuator or control-head assembly. They are separate from the body drawing and must not be added indiscriminately to the body dimensions. Control-head drawing reference Value Head height reference 42 mm Head base length 33.5 mm Plan length reference 37 mm Head width 16.5 mm Local vertical reference 17 mm Lower vertical reference 10.5 mm The S3 catalog explicitly lists control-head assembly M3Y210-P13A for this head family. The M3/S3 prefix on a shared replacement head is retained exactly; it does not change this valve’s S3 ordering code. This valve includes its selected actuator; a second head is not required for normal operation. Dimension Drawing Reminder All linear drawing values above are in millimeters unless a thread or angle unit is stated. The original drawings retain the dimension-arrow relationships, actuator orientations and port views that cannot be fully represented by a two-column table. For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal Components — Catalog Reference The sectioned illustration is labeled S3PM. Its numbered components are listed below as a series construction reference. This is not a spare-parts kit or an assertion that every actuator variation has an identical exploded assembly. Materials are stated only where the catalog expressly supplies them. Drawing item Component 1 Body 2 Bottom cover 3 Stopper plug 4 Valve core 5 Cross-head screw 6 Button pressing buckle 7 Spring 8 Clamping washer 9 Dust cover 10 Button cap 11 Main button body 12 Top cover 13 Button retaining ring 14 Clamping nut 15 Button holder 16 Button fixing connector 17 O-ring 18 Spring 19 Spring 20 O-ring Flow Characteristics The catalog flow chart for S3B-06 plots operating pressure in MPa on the vertical axis from 0 to 0.8, and flow in L/min on the horizontal axis from 0 to 900. The family of curves illustrates the pressure/flow relationship. Axis limits are graph bounds, not guaranteed rated flow values for this complete valve; use the supplied curve and the required pressure conditions. Supply Scope and Related Heads This ordering code identifies one valve with its selected control-head form. It does not encode a multiple-valve assembly, a spare head, a silencer, mounting-panel hardware or pneumatic tubing. Where the catalog lists a separately orderable head, its exact code is given above as a replacement reference; the source does not provide a screw/gasket quantity breakdown for a service kit. Series Ordering Options The S3 family offers B, C, D, Y, R, L and V heads; red-only PL; and PP, PF, PM and HS in red, green or black. Port options are M5, 06 (1/8 inch) and 08 (1/4 inch). The original linked ordering chart uses M5 for the metric complete-valve code, while some replacement-head and Chinese drawing labels use 05; those labels do not authorize changing this listing code. For 1/8 and 1/4 inch connections, a blank thread suffix means PT, G means G thread and T means NPT. M5 connections have no such thread suffix. These are series alternatives; the selected configuration is the one decoded above. Reference Weight Catalog reference weight: 115 g, from the S3Y row of the 2022 comprehensive catalog weight table (paper page 300). The catalog weight table identifies the control-head family without a port, color or thread suffix. This is that published family reference, not an independently measured weight for every option. The table states that weights are for reference only; actual weight is determined by the delivered product. This is not a measured or packaged shipping weight. Catalog Basis Technical information is taken from the linked S3 catalog and cross-checked against the 2022 comprehensive catalog, paper pages 140–142 (PDF pages 141–143). The paper-page-300 weight table is cited separately above. No unrelated series dimensions or weights are substituted. Optional Piping Accessories P = this S3 valve’s female supply connection (NPT1/8); W = its female controlled working connection A (NPT1/8). The body drawing’s 2-P callout gives the two connection sizes; K identifies mounting threads, not pneumatic ports. Keep supply and working circuits separate. Multiple keys retain each use. Tube OD is mm (in = inches); compression/tubing show OD × ID. These piping accessories are optional and ordered separately. Code-prefix uses (match the longest listed family prefix): ASC inline threaded flow control; GAFR upstream filter-regulator; NBB male–male; NBKC compression fitting; NBPC metal straight; NPC straight; NPEB branch tee; NPED run tee; NPH banjo elbow; NPHF female branch banjo; NPHW twin banjo; NPKD reducing distribution fitting; NPL elbow; NPLL extended elbow; NPSA inline flow control; NPSS flow control; NPTL push-lock flow control; NPYB Y; NPZB cross; NUE PU tube. Use Size / complete codes P ASC10006T,GAFR20006ST P,W (discontinued) male NPT1/8 ↔ male NPT1/4: NBB1/8-1/4male NPT1/8 ↔ male NPT1/8: NBB1/8-1/8male NPT1/8 ↔ male NPT3/8: NBB1/8-3/81/4 × 5/32 in: NBKC1/4-5/32-1/85/16 × 1/5 in: NBKC5/16-1/5-1/85/32 × 3/32 in: NBKC5/32-3/32-1/81/4 in: NBPC1/4-1/8,NPH1/4-1/8,NPHW1/4-1/8,NPLL1/4-1/8,NPSS1/4-1/8A,NPSS1/4-1/8B,NPZB1/4-1/83/8 in: NBPC3/8-1/8,NPLL3/8-1/85/16 in: NBPC5/16-1/8,NPH5/16-1/8,NPHW5/16-1/8,NPLL5/16-1/8,NPSS5/16-1/8A,NPSS5/16-1/8B,NPZB5/16-1/85/32 in: NBPC5/32-1/8,NPH5/32-1/8,NPHW5/32-1/8,NPLL5/32-1/81/4 in; male RA NPT1/8 / female RB NPT1/8: NPHF1/4-1/85/16 in; male RA NPT1/8 / female RB NPT1/8: NPHF5/16-1/85/32 in; male RA NPT1/8 / female RB NPT1/8: NPHF5/32-1/8main 1/4 / branches 5/32 in: NPKD1/4-5/32-1/8 P,W 1/4 in: NPC1/4-1/8,NPEB1/4-1/8,NPED1/4-1/8,NPL1/4-1/8,NPSA1/4,NPTL1/4-1/8A,NPTL1/4-1/8B,NPYB1/4-1/83/8 in: NPC3/8-1/8,NPEB3/8-1/8,NPED3/8-1/8,NPL3/8-1/8,NPSA3/8,NPYB3/8-1/85/16 in: NPC5/16-1/8,NPEB5/16-1/8,NPED5/16-1/8,NPL5/16-1/8,NPSA5/16,NPTL5/16-1/8A,NPTL5/16-1/8B,NPYB5/16-1/85/32 in: NPC5/32-1/8,NPEB5/32-1/8,NPED5/32-1/8,NPL5/32-1/8,NPSA5/32,NPTL5/32-1/8A,NPTL5/32-1/8B,NPYB5/32-1/85/32 × 3/32 in: NUE95A5/32X3/32-100BK,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100BR,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100BU,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100C,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100CB,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100CE,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100CG,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100CR,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100CY,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100GA,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100GE,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100GN,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100R,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100WH,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100Y,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250BK,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250BR,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250BU,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250C,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250CB,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250CE,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250CG,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250CR,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250CY,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250GA,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250GE,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250GN,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250R,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250WH,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250Y,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500BK,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500BR,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500BU,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500C,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500CB,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500CE,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500CG,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500CR,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500CY,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500GA,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500GE,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500GN,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500R,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500WH,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500Y Match PT/G/NPT exactly. Use the specified thread seal or face gasket. Match tube OD and compression OD/ID; metric and inch sizes are not interchangeable. Use suitable soft nylon/PU tube and check seating, clearance, bends and flow. Tighten compression bodies by the hex, not tube nuts. Where listed: D is black, blank grey, -M miniature; -S denotes only the specified 304 stainless parts. NPSA are tube-side flow controls and need separate matching tube connections; they do not screw directly into P or W. NPHF use male RA at the valve; female RB requires its own matching male thread and seal and is not a tube socket. Match both adapter ends to their separate mating parts. Branches join one circuit. Keep supply P and working A separate; do not bridge these paths. Standard push-in fittings and flow-control parts: ≤1 MPa, −20–70°C. NBPC/compression fittings/thread adapters: ≤1 MPa. The listed metal push-in, compression and adapter groups have a 0–150°C range, limiting the connected valve path to 0–70°C or narrower. Apply every stricter component limit; no system vacuum rating is established. This mechanically or manually operated S3 valve operates at 0–1 MPa and −20–70°C with 40 µm filtered air. Accessory limits may narrow that range; proof pressure is not working pressure. The piping choices are optional and ordered separately, and do not establish separately orderable panel-mounting or internal-part kits. Flow-control suffix A restricts thread→tube, with free reverse flow; suffix B reverses it. Supply normally flows tube→thread. At valve working port A, suffix A restricts flow to the actuator and suffix B the return; cylinder-mounted orientation differs. Follow the flow symbols, including NPSA. Closed controls are not leak-tight isolation. Adjust gently without forcing stops; depressurize before tube removal. Never cap an active supply or working connection. ASC is a separately connected upstream supply flow control, assigned to P only. Both female ports require matching male connections; follow its P/A markings. Its limits are 0.05–0.95 MPa and −20–70°C with ≤40 µm filtration. The complete valve path must meet these and every stricter component limit; the valve’s 0–1 MPa range does not extend the ASC rating. GAFR is a separately connected upstream supply filter/regulator, assigned to P only. Both female ports require matching male piping; follow IN→OUT and check total flow and bowl/environment suitability. Inlet ≤1 MPa; regulation 0.15–0.9 MPa; −5–70°C, nonfreezing. Apply every stricter valve/component limit. Listed GAFR S versions have a 40 µm filter, PC bowl, differential/manual drain, bracket and round snap-in gauge (psi/bar), without a reverse-flow valve. Air lubrication is not required. If lubricated air is introduced, continue with consistent lubrication using ISO VG32 or equivalent oil. NPTL maximum cap-adjustment torque: 1/8: 0.08 N·m. These are not thread-installation torques. NBKC5/32-3/32-1/8 specifies 3/32 in ID in its dimension row, but the selection matrix differs. Confirm that ID with the supplier before selecting the tube. The listed NUE95A tubes serve P and W only through a listed exact 5/32 in OD connection; they do not connect directly to an NPT thread. For NBKC5/32-3/32-1/8, the supplier must also confirm 3/32 in ID. Do not substitute 4 mm, 3.2 mm, 3 mm or 1/8 in OD tube. NUE95A5/32X3/32 is ether-based PU, Shore A95±2, with 5/32 in OD × 3/32 in ID and 1/32 in wall. Working pressure is 145 psi at 73°F; 363 psi is burst pressure, not a working rating. Temperature range: −40–158°F; minimum bend radius: 8 mm. Derate with increasing temperature and obey every stricter valve, fitting and tube limit. In NUE codes, 100/250/500 after the hyphen are coil lengths in feet, not metres. Colours: BU blue, BK black, GE orange, C clear, WH white, CB clear blue, R red, Y yellow, GA gray, GN green, BR brown, CR clear red, CG clear green, CY clear yellow, CE clear orange. Match the complete length-and-colour code. Current lifecycle and supply of these catalog-listed tubes are unverified; confirm the exact item or an approved replacement before ordering. Items marked discontinued are historical service references, not current standard recommendations. Confirm availability or a manufacturer-approved replacement. An unmarked catalogue entry does not promise current production, stock or delivery. All listed options are ordered separately.

  Read more less

  $21.10

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac S3 series: mechanically operated directional valve - S3BM5

  Specifications: S3BM5 is an AirTAC S3 control valve with 3 ports, 2 positions, a basic plunger actuator and M5 × 0.8 connections. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Functional Alternative Statement Airtac S3 series valves are functional alternatives to SMC VM200 series valves. Model Code Explained Parameter Details Exact ordering code S3BM5 Series S3 3 ports, 2 positions; external direct mechanical control Control-head code B Basic plunger Port-size code M5 M5 × 0.8 Thread option No thread suffix for the M5 × 0.8 port Color suffix Not used for this control-head type Technical Specifications Parameter Details Fluid Air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating method External direct acting Valve function 3 ports, 2 positions Selected control form basic plunger Working connection M5 × 0.8 Effective flow area 2.5 mm² Cv 0.14 Operating-pressure range 0–1.0 MPa (0–145 psi) Proof pressure 1.5 MPa (215 psi) Working temperature −20 to 70 °C Body material Aluminum alloy Lubrication Not required Features and Pneumatic Operation The shut-off/poppet construction provides internal sealing and sensitive directional switching without a lubrication requirement. The valve supports body mounting and the illustrated panel arrangements for the applicable control head. The operating force is supplied by an external machine mechanism. The catalog describes this arrangement for position detection or stroke/limit switching. Lubrication is not required. If lubricated air is introduced, continue using the same lubrication medium without interruption; the catalog recommends ISO VG32 oil or an equivalent grade. Port letters identify P as the supply, A as the controlled outlet and R as exhaust. The graphical symbol in the PDF defines the exact flow paths for the selected actuator and valve position. Selected Operating Travel Parameter Details Valve-spool stroke 2.4–4.0 mm Separate button / roller stroke Not separately stated for the basic plunger The listed stroke ranges are installation limits for the selected control form. Travel is not an added body dimension. Use the drawing orientation and do not drive the mechanism past its stated range. Installation, Travel Limits and Operation Mount the valve through the body fixing points or use the illustrated panel arrangement where the selected head permits it. Keep the body and head aligned and retain access to the pneumatic ports. The catalog does not state a general screw-tightening torque. Do not exceed the selected spool and actuator stroke ranges. Excess travel imposed by the external mechanism can cause leakage or damage. Engineering-plastic button components must be operated by hand and must not be struck with metal tools; the dedicated mechanical roller/plunger models are actuated by their intended external mechanism. The spring-return symbol and the installation notes identify an automatically returning actuation arrangement. Allow the actuator to return freely after releasing the operating force. Body and Mounting Dimensions The S3B body drawing supplies the base dimensions for the selected port size. A selected control head is shown separately; its dimensions are not a complete assembled-valve envelope. Drawing reference Value Drawing dimension A 26 mm Drawing dimension B 16.5 mm Drawing dimension C 36 mm Drawing dimension D 30 mm Drawing dimension KA 16 mm Drawing dimension KB 15 mm Drawing dimension PA 13 mm Drawing dimension PB 9 mm Drawing K M5 × 0.8; the illustration marks two K mounting positions Drawing P — two connection callouts M5 × 0.8 Dimension Drawing Reminder All linear drawing values above are in millimeters unless a thread or angle unit is stated. The original drawings retain the dimension-arrow relationships, actuator orientations and port views that cannot be fully represented by a two-column table. For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal Components — Catalog Reference The sectioned illustration is labeled S3PM. Its numbered components are listed below as a series construction reference. This is not a spare-parts kit or an assertion that every actuator variation has an identical exploded assembly. Materials are stated only where the catalog expressly supplies them. Drawing item Component 1 Body 2 Bottom cover 3 Stopper plug 4 Valve core 5 Cross-head screw 6 Button pressing buckle 7 Spring 8 Clamping washer 9 Dust cover 10 Button cap 11 Main button body 12 Top cover 13 Button retaining ring 14 Clamping nut 15 Button holder 16 Button fixing connector 17 O-ring 18 Spring 19 Spring 20 O-ring Flow Characteristics The catalog flow chart for S3B-M5 plots operating pressure in MPa on the vertical axis from 0 to 0.8, and flow in L/min on the horizontal axis from 0 to 300. The family of curves illustrates the pressure/flow relationship. Axis limits are graph bounds, not guaranteed rated flow values for this complete valve; use the supplied curve and the required pressure conditions. Supply Scope and Related Heads This ordering code identifies one valve with its selected control-head form. It does not encode a multiple-valve assembly, a spare head, a silencer, mounting-panel hardware or pneumatic tubing. Where the catalog lists a separately orderable head, its exact code is given above as a replacement reference; the source does not provide a screw/gasket quantity breakdown for a service kit. Series Ordering Options The S3 family offers B, C, D, Y, R, L and V heads; red-only PL; and PP, PF, PM and HS in red, green or black. Port options are M5, 06 (1/8 inch) and 08 (1/4 inch). The original linked ordering chart uses M5 for the metric complete-valve code, while some replacement-head and Chinese drawing labels use 05; those labels do not authorize changing this listing code. For 1/8 and 1/4 inch connections, a blank thread suffix means PT, G means G thread and T means NPT. M5 connections have no such thread suffix. These are series alternatives; the selected configuration is the one decoded above. Reference Weight Catalog reference weight: 50 g, from the S3B row of the 2022 comprehensive catalog weight table (paper page 300). The catalog weight table identifies the control-head family without a port, color or thread suffix. This is that published family reference, not an independently measured weight for every option. The table states that weights are for reference only; actual weight is determined by the delivered product. This is not a measured or packaged shipping weight. Catalog Basis Technical information is taken from the linked S3 catalog and cross-checked against the 2022 comprehensive catalog, paper pages 140–142 (PDF pages 141–143). The paper-page-300 weight table is cited separately above. No unrelated series dimensions or weights are substituted. Optional Piping Accessories P = this S3 valve’s female supply connection (M5); W = its female controlled working connection A (M5). The body drawing’s 2-P callout gives the two connection sizes; K identifies mounting threads, not pneumatic ports. Keep supply and working circuits separate. M5 means M5 × 0.8. Multiple keys retain each use. Tube OD is mm (in = inches); compression/tubing show OD × ID. These piping accessories are optional and ordered separately. Code-prefix uses (match the longest listed family prefix): BKC/GBKC compression fitting; BPC/GBPC metal straight; BPOC metal straight; GPC/PC straight; GPEB/PEB branch tee; GPED/PED run tee; GPH/PH banjo elbow; GPHF/PHF female branch banjo; GPL/PL elbow; GPLL/PLL extended elbow; GPSA/PSA inline flow control; GPSS/PSS flow control; GPYB/PYB Y; POC round straight; PSL elbow flow control; PTL push-lock flow control; UE PU tube; US PU tube. Use Size / complete codes P,W 4 × 2.5: BKC0425-M5,BKC0425-M5-S,GBKC0425-M5,UE95A040025100MBU,US98A040025100MBU4: BPC4M5,BPOC4M5,GBPC4M5,GPC4M5-M,GPC4M5D-M,GPEB4M5,GPEB4M5D,GPED4M5,GPED4M5D,GPH4M5,GPH4M5D,GPHF4M5,GPHF4M5D,GPL4M5,GPL4M5-M,GPL4M5D,GPL4M5D-M,GPLL4M5,GPLL4M5D,GPSA4,GPSA4D,GPSS4M5A,GPSS4M5AD,GPSS4M5B,GPSS4M5BD,GPYB4M5,GPYB4M5D,PC4M5,PC4M5-M,PC4M5-S,PC4M5D,PC4M5D-M,PC4M5D-S,PEB4M5,PEB4M5-S,PEB4M5D,PEB4M5D-S,PED4M5,PED4M5-S,PED4M5D,PED4M5D-S,PH4M5,PH4M5-S,PH4M5D,PH4M5D-S,PHF4M5,PHF4M5-S,PHF4M5D,PHF4M5D-S,PL4M5,PL4M5-M,PL4M5-S,PL4M5D,PL4M5D-M,PL4M5D-S,PLL4M5,PLL4M5-S,PLL4M5D,PLL4M5D-S,POC4M5,POC4M5-S,POC4M5D,POC4M5D-S,PSA4,PSA4-S,PSA4D,PSA4D-S,PSL4M5A,PSL4M5A-S,PSL4M5AD,PSL4M5AD-S,PSL4M5B,PSL4M5B-S,PSL4M5BD,PSL4M5BD-S,PSS4M5A,PSS4M5A-S,PSS4M5AD,PSS4M5AD-S,PSS4M5B,PSS4M5B-S,PSS4M5BD,PSS4M5BD-S,PTL4M5A-M,PTL4M5AD-M,PTL4M5B-M,PTL4M5BD-M,PYB4M5,PYB4M5-S,PYB4M5D,PYB4M5D-S6: BPC6M5,BPOC6M5,GBPC6M5,GPC6M5,GPC6M5-M,GPC6M5D,GPC6M5D-M,GPEB6M5,GPEB6M5D,GPED6M5,GPED6M5D,GPH6M5,GPH6M5D,GPHF6M5,GPHF6M5D,GPL6M5,GPL6M5-M,GPL6M5D,GPL6M5D-M,GPLL6M5,GPLL6M5D,GPSA6,GPSA6D,GPYB6M5,GPYB6M5D,PC6M5,PC6M5-M,PC6M5-S,PC6M5D,PC6M5D-M,PC6M5D-S,PEB6M5,PEB6M5-S,PEB6M5D,PEB6M5D-S,PED6M5,PED6M5-S,PED6M5D,PED6M5D-S,PH6M5,PH6M5-S,PH6M5D,PH6M5D-S,PHF6M5,PHF6M5-S,PHF6M5D,PHF6M5D-S,PL6M5,PL6M5-M,PL6M5-S,PL6M5D,PL6M5D-M,PL6M5D-S,PLL6M5,PLL6M5-S,PLL6M5D,PLL6M5D-S,POC6M5,POC6M5-S,POC6M5D,POC6M5D-S,PSA6,PSA6-S,PSA6D,PSA6D-S,PSL6M5A,PSL6M5A-S,PSL6M5AD,PSL6M5AD-S,PSL6M5B,PSL6M5B-S,PSL6M5BD,PSL6M5BD-S,PTL6M5A-M,PTL6M5AD-M,PTL6M5B-M,PTL6M5BD-M,PYB6M5,PYB6M5-S,PYB6M5D,PYB6M5D-S3.2: GPC3.2M5-M,GPC3.2M5D-M,GPL3.2M5-M,GPL3.2M5D-M,PC3.2M5-M,PC3.2M5D-M,PL3.2M5-M,PL3.2M5D-M3.2 × 2: UE95A032020100MBU,US98A032020100MBU6 × 4: UE95A060040100MBU,US98A060040100MBU Match PT/G/NPT exactly. M5, including G-prefixed M5, is M5 × 0.8, not #10-32UNF. Use the specified thread seal or face gasket. Match tube OD and compression OD/ID; metric and inch sizes are not interchangeable. Use suitable soft nylon/PU tube and check seating, clearance, bends and flow. Tighten compression bodies by the hex, not tube nuts. Where listed: D is black, blank grey, -M miniature; -S denotes only the specified 304 stainless parts. PSA/GPSA are tube-side flow controls and need separate matching tube connections; they do not screw directly into P or W. PHF/GPHF use male RA at the valve; female RB requires its own matching male thread and seal and is not a tube socket. Branches join one circuit. Keep supply P and working A separate; do not bridge these paths. Standard push-in fittings and flow-control parts: ≤1 MPa, −20–70°C. Metal BPC/BPOC/GBPC: ≤0.9 MPa; compression fittings: ≤1 MPa. The listed metal push-in and compression groups have a 0–150°C range, limiting the connected valve path to 0–70°C or narrower. Apply every stricter component limit; no system vacuum rating is established. This mechanically or manually operated S3 valve operates at 0–1 MPa and −20–70°C with 40 µm filtered air. Accessory limits may narrow that range; proof pressure is not working pressure. The piping choices are optional and ordered separately, and do not establish separately orderable panel-mounting or internal-part kits. Flow-control suffix A restricts thread→tube, with free reverse flow; suffix B reverses it. Supply normally flows tube→thread. At valve working port A, suffix A restricts flow to the actuator and suffix B the return; cylinder-mounted orientation differs. Follow the flow symbols, including PSA/GPSA. Closed controls are not leak-tight isolation. Adjust gently without forcing stops; depressurize before tube removal. Never cap an active supply or working connection. US98A/UE95A examples are separately ordered blue 100 m metric PU coils rated 1 MPa at 23°C. US98A: −20–70°C; UE95A: −40–70°C. Match OD/ID and derate as temperature rises within valve/component limits; 1 MPa is not assured throughout. Use inch tube where the selected connection requires it; metric tube is not a substitute. PTL recommended cap-adjustment torque: miniature M5 PTL: 0.05 N·m. These are not thread-installation torques. Items marked discontinued are historical service references, not current standard recommendations. Confirm availability or a manufacturer-approved replacement. An unmarked catalogue entry does not promise current production, stock or delivery. All listed options are ordered separately.

  Read more less

  $13.43

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac S3 series: mechanically operated directional valve - S3RM5

  Specifications: S3RM5 is an AirTAC S3 control valve with 3 ports, 2 positions, a roller lever actuator and M5 × 0.8 connections. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Functional Alternative Statement Airtac S3 series valves are functional alternatives to SMC VM200 series valves. Model Code Explained Parameter Details Exact ordering code S3RM5 Series S3 3 ports, 2 positions; external direct mechanical control Control-head code R Roller lever Port-size code M5 M5 × 0.8 Thread option No thread suffix for the M5 × 0.8 port Color suffix Not used for this control-head type Technical Specifications Parameter Details Fluid Air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating method External direct acting Valve function 3 ports, 2 positions Selected control form roller lever Working connection M5 × 0.8 Effective flow area 2.5 mm² Cv 0.14 Operating-pressure range 0–1.0 MPa (0–145 psi) Proof pressure 1.5 MPa (215 psi) Working temperature −20 to 70 °C Body material Aluminum alloy Lubrication Not required Features and Pneumatic Operation The shut-off/poppet construction provides internal sealing and sensitive directional switching without a lubrication requirement. The valve supports body mounting and the illustrated panel arrangements for the applicable control head. The operating force is supplied by an external machine mechanism. The catalog describes this arrangement for position detection or stroke/limit switching. The catalog identifies this control-head family as using a metal mechanism for durability and stable operation. That statement does not assign an unspecified material to every internal component. Lubrication is not required. If lubricated air is introduced, continue using the same lubrication medium without interruption; the catalog recommends ISO VG32 oil or an equivalent grade. Port letters identify P as the supply, A as the controlled outlet and R as exhaust. The graphical symbol in the PDF defines the exact flow paths for the selected actuator and valve position. Selected Operating Travel Parameter Details Valve-spool stroke 2.4–3.4 mm Button / roller / handle stroke 5.5–7.8 mm The listed stroke ranges are installation limits for the selected control form. Travel is not an added body dimension. Use the drawing orientation and do not drive the mechanism past its stated range. Installation, Travel Limits and Operation Mount the valve through the body fixing points or use the illustrated panel arrangement where the selected head permits it. Keep the body and head aligned and retain access to the pneumatic ports. The catalog does not state a general screw-tightening torque. Do not exceed the selected spool and actuator stroke ranges. Excess travel imposed by the external mechanism can cause leakage or damage. Engineering-plastic button components must be operated by hand and must not be struck with metal tools; the dedicated mechanical roller/plunger models are actuated by their intended external mechanism. The spring-return symbol and the installation notes identify an automatically returning actuation arrangement. Allow the actuator to return freely after releasing the operating force. Body and Mounting Dimensions The S3B body drawing supplies the base dimensions for the selected port size. A selected control head is shown separately; its dimensions are not a complete assembled-valve envelope. Drawing reference Value Drawing dimension A 26 mm Drawing dimension B 16.5 mm Drawing dimension C 36 mm Drawing dimension D 30 mm Drawing dimension KA 16 mm Drawing dimension KB 15 mm Drawing dimension PA 13 mm Drawing dimension PB 9 mm Drawing K M5 × 0.8; the illustration marks two K mounting positions Drawing P — two connection callouts M5 × 0.8 Selected Control Head and Replacement Reference The values below describe the selected actuator or control-head assembly. They are separate from the body drawing and must not be added indiscriminately to the body dimensions. Control-head drawing reference Value Roller diameter 15 mm Head length reference 40 mm Longitudinal sub-span 32.5 mm Mounting longitudinal span 30.5 mm Head vertical reference 26 mm Vertical sub-span 18.5 mm Lower vertical reference 7 mm Head width reference 16 mm Inner width 8.5 mm Local width reference 13 mm The S3 catalog explicitly lists control-head assembly M3R210-P14A for this head family. The M3/S3 prefix on a shared replacement head is retained exactly; it does not change this valve’s S3 ordering code. This valve includes its selected actuator; a second head is not required for normal operation. Dimension Drawing Reminder All linear drawing values above are in millimeters unless a thread or angle unit is stated. The original drawings retain the dimension-arrow relationships, actuator orientations and port views that cannot be fully represented by a two-column table. For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal Components — Catalog Reference The sectioned illustration is labeled S3PM. Its numbered components are listed below as a series construction reference. This is not a spare-parts kit or an assertion that every actuator variation has an identical exploded assembly. Materials are stated only where the catalog expressly supplies them. Drawing item Component 1 Body 2 Bottom cover 3 Stopper plug 4 Valve core 5 Cross-head screw 6 Button pressing buckle 7 Spring 8 Clamping washer 9 Dust cover 10 Button cap 11 Main button body 12 Top cover 13 Button retaining ring 14 Clamping nut 15 Button holder 16 Button fixing connector 17 O-ring 18 Spring 19 Spring 20 O-ring Flow Characteristics The catalog flow chart for S3B-M5 plots operating pressure in MPa on the vertical axis from 0 to 0.8, and flow in L/min on the horizontal axis from 0 to 300. The family of curves illustrates the pressure/flow relationship. Axis limits are graph bounds, not guaranteed rated flow values for this complete valve; use the supplied curve and the required pressure conditions. Supply Scope and Related Heads This ordering code identifies one valve with its selected control-head form. It does not encode a multiple-valve assembly, a spare head, a silencer, mounting-panel hardware or pneumatic tubing. Where the catalog lists a separately orderable head, its exact code is given above as a replacement reference; the source does not provide a screw/gasket quantity breakdown for a service kit. Series Ordering Options The S3 family offers B, C, D, Y, R, L and V heads; red-only PL; and PP, PF, PM and HS in red, green or black. Port options are M5, 06 (1/8 inch) and 08 (1/4 inch). The original linked ordering chart uses M5 for the metric complete-valve code, while some replacement-head and Chinese drawing labels use 05; those labels do not authorize changing this listing code. For 1/8 and 1/4 inch connections, a blank thread suffix means PT, G means G thread and T means NPT. M5 connections have no such thread suffix. These are series alternatives; the selected configuration is the one decoded above. Reference Weight Catalog reference weight: 80 g, from the S3R row of the 2022 comprehensive catalog weight table (paper page 300). The catalog weight table identifies the control-head family without a port, color or thread suffix. This is that published family reference, not an independently measured weight for every option. The table states that weights are for reference only; actual weight is determined by the delivered product. This is not a measured or packaged shipping weight. Catalog Basis Technical information is taken from the linked S3 catalog and cross-checked against the 2022 comprehensive catalog, paper pages 140–142 (PDF pages 141–143). The paper-page-300 weight table is cited separately above. No unrelated series dimensions or weights are substituted. Optional Piping Accessories P = this S3 valve’s female supply connection (M5); W = its female controlled working connection A (M5). The body drawing’s 2-P callout gives the two connection sizes; K identifies mounting threads, not pneumatic ports. Keep supply and working circuits separate. M5 means M5 × 0.8. Multiple keys retain each use. Tube OD is mm (in = inches); compression/tubing show OD × ID. These piping accessories are optional and ordered separately. Code-prefix uses (match the longest listed family prefix): BKC/GBKC compression fitting; BPC/GBPC metal straight; BPOC metal straight; GPC/PC straight; GPEB/PEB branch tee; GPED/PED run tee; GPH/PH banjo elbow; GPHF/PHF female branch banjo; GPL/PL elbow; GPLL/PLL extended elbow; GPSA/PSA inline flow control; GPSS/PSS flow control; GPYB/PYB Y; POC round straight; PSL elbow flow control; PTL push-lock flow control; UE PU tube; US PU tube. Use Size / complete codes P,W 4 × 2.5: BKC0425-M5,BKC0425-M5-S,GBKC0425-M5,UE95A040025100MBU,US98A040025100MBU4: BPC4M5,BPOC4M5,GBPC4M5,GPC4M5-M,GPC4M5D-M,GPEB4M5,GPEB4M5D,GPED4M5,GPED4M5D,GPH4M5,GPH4M5D,GPHF4M5,GPHF4M5D,GPL4M5,GPL4M5-M,GPL4M5D,GPL4M5D-M,GPLL4M5,GPLL4M5D,GPSA4,GPSA4D,GPSS4M5A,GPSS4M5AD,GPSS4M5B,GPSS4M5BD,GPYB4M5,GPYB4M5D,PC4M5,PC4M5-M,PC4M5-S,PC4M5D,PC4M5D-M,PC4M5D-S,PEB4M5,PEB4M5-S,PEB4M5D,PEB4M5D-S,PED4M5,PED4M5-S,PED4M5D,PED4M5D-S,PH4M5,PH4M5-S,PH4M5D,PH4M5D-S,PHF4M5,PHF4M5-S,PHF4M5D,PHF4M5D-S,PL4M5,PL4M5-M,PL4M5-S,PL4M5D,PL4M5D-M,PL4M5D-S,PLL4M5,PLL4M5-S,PLL4M5D,PLL4M5D-S,POC4M5,POC4M5-S,POC4M5D,POC4M5D-S,PSA4,PSA4-S,PSA4D,PSA4D-S,PSL4M5A,PSL4M5A-S,PSL4M5AD,PSL4M5AD-S,PSL4M5B,PSL4M5B-S,PSL4M5BD,PSL4M5BD-S,PSS4M5A,PSS4M5A-S,PSS4M5AD,PSS4M5AD-S,PSS4M5B,PSS4M5B-S,PSS4M5BD,PSS4M5BD-S,PTL4M5A-M,PTL4M5AD-M,PTL4M5B-M,PTL4M5BD-M,PYB4M5,PYB4M5-S,PYB4M5D,PYB4M5D-S6: BPC6M5,BPOC6M5,GBPC6M5,GPC6M5,GPC6M5-M,GPC6M5D,GPC6M5D-M,GPEB6M5,GPEB6M5D,GPED6M5,GPED6M5D,GPH6M5,GPH6M5D,GPHF6M5,GPHF6M5D,GPL6M5,GPL6M5-M,GPL6M5D,GPL6M5D-M,GPLL6M5,GPLL6M5D,GPSA6,GPSA6D,GPYB6M5,GPYB6M5D,PC6M5,PC6M5-M,PC6M5-S,PC6M5D,PC6M5D-M,PC6M5D-S,PEB6M5,PEB6M5-S,PEB6M5D,PEB6M5D-S,PED6M5,PED6M5-S,PED6M5D,PED6M5D-S,PH6M5,PH6M5-S,PH6M5D,PH6M5D-S,PHF6M5,PHF6M5-S,PHF6M5D,PHF6M5D-S,PL6M5,PL6M5-M,PL6M5-S,PL6M5D,PL6M5D-M,PL6M5D-S,PLL6M5,PLL6M5-S,PLL6M5D,PLL6M5D-S,POC6M5,POC6M5-S,POC6M5D,POC6M5D-S,PSA6,PSA6-S,PSA6D,PSA6D-S,PSL6M5A,PSL6M5A-S,PSL6M5AD,PSL6M5AD-S,PSL6M5B,PSL6M5B-S,PSL6M5BD,PSL6M5BD-S,PTL6M5A-M,PTL6M5AD-M,PTL6M5B-M,PTL6M5BD-M,PYB6M5,PYB6M5-S,PYB6M5D,PYB6M5D-S3.2: GPC3.2M5-M,GPC3.2M5D-M,GPL3.2M5-M,GPL3.2M5D-M,PC3.2M5-M,PC3.2M5D-M,PL3.2M5-M,PL3.2M5D-M3.2 × 2: UE95A032020100MBU,US98A032020100MBU6 × 4: UE95A060040100MBU,US98A060040100MBU Match PT/G/NPT exactly. M5, including G-prefixed M5, is M5 × 0.8, not #10-32UNF. Use the specified thread seal or face gasket. Match tube OD and compression OD/ID; metric and inch sizes are not interchangeable. Use suitable soft nylon/PU tube and check seating, clearance, bends and flow. Tighten compression bodies by the hex, not tube nuts. Where listed: D is black, blank grey, -M miniature; -S denotes only the specified 304 stainless parts. PSA/GPSA are tube-side flow controls and need separate matching tube connections; they do not screw directly into P or W. PHF/GPHF use male RA at the valve; female RB requires its own matching male thread and seal and is not a tube socket. Branches join one circuit. Keep supply P and working A separate; do not bridge these paths. Standard push-in fittings and flow-control parts: ≤1 MPa, −20–70°C. Metal BPC/BPOC/GBPC: ≤0.9 MPa; compression fittings: ≤1 MPa. The listed metal push-in and compression groups have a 0–150°C range, limiting the connected valve path to 0–70°C or narrower. Apply every stricter component limit; no system vacuum rating is established. This mechanically or manually operated S3 valve operates at 0–1 MPa and −20–70°C with 40 µm filtered air. Accessory limits may narrow that range; proof pressure is not working pressure. The piping choices are optional and ordered separately, and do not establish separately orderable panel-mounting or internal-part kits. Flow-control suffix A restricts thread→tube, with free reverse flow; suffix B reverses it. Supply normally flows tube→thread. At valve working port A, suffix A restricts flow to the actuator and suffix B the return; cylinder-mounted orientation differs. Follow the flow symbols, including PSA/GPSA. Closed controls are not leak-tight isolation. Adjust gently without forcing stops; depressurize before tube removal. Never cap an active supply or working connection. US98A/UE95A examples are separately ordered blue 100 m metric PU coils rated 1 MPa at 23°C. US98A: −20–70°C; UE95A: −40–70°C. Match OD/ID and derate as temperature rises within valve/component limits; 1 MPa is not assured throughout. Use inch tube where the selected connection requires it; metric tube is not a substitute. PTL recommended cap-adjustment torque: miniature M5 PTL: 0.05 N·m. These are not thread-installation torques. Items marked discontinued are historical service references, not current standard recommendations. Confirm availability or a manufacturer-approved replacement. An unmarked catalogue entry does not promise current production, stock or delivery. All listed options are ordered separately.

  Read more less

  $18.08

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac S3 series: manually operated directional valve - S3PLM5

  Specifications: S3PLM5 is an AirTAC S3 control valve with 3 ports, 2 positions, a latching pushbutton with twist release actuator and M5 × 0.8 connections. The latching button is red, as specified for the blank color code. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Functional Alternative Statement Airtac S3 series valves are functional alternatives to SMC VM200 series valves. Model Code Explained Parameter Details Exact ordering code S3PLM5 Series S3 3 ports, 2 positions; external direct mechanical control Control-head code PL Latching pushbutton with twist release Port-size code M5 M5 × 0.8 Thread option No thread suffix for the M5 × 0.8 port Blank color code Red latching button; the catalog lists no alternative PL color Technical Specifications Parameter Details Fluid Air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating method External direct acting Valve function 3 ports, 2 positions Selected control form latching pushbutton with twist release Working connection M5 × 0.8 Effective flow area 2.5 mm² Cv 0.14 Operating-pressure range 0–1.0 MPa (0–145 psi) Proof pressure 1.5 MPa (215 psi) Working temperature −20 to 70 °C Body material Aluminum alloy Lubrication Not required Features and Pneumatic Operation The shut-off/poppet construction provides internal sealing and sensitive directional switching without a lubrication requirement. The valve supports body mounting and the illustrated panel arrangements for the applicable control head. The selected control head is manually operated. The available head forms serve different operator controls; only the head encoded in this exact model is selected here. Lubrication is not required. If lubricated air is introduced, continue using the same lubrication medium without interruption; the catalog recommends ISO VG32 oil or an equivalent grade. Port letters identify P as the supply, A as the controlled outlet and R as exhaust. The graphical symbol in the PDF defines the exact flow paths for the selected actuator and valve position. Selected Operating Travel Parameter Details Valve-spool stroke 2.4–4.0 mm Button / roller / handle stroke 5.9–7.5 mm The listed stroke ranges are installation limits for the selected control form. Travel is not an added body dimension. Use the drawing orientation and do not drive the mechanism past its stated range. Installation, Travel Limits and Operation Mount the valve through the body fixing points or use the illustrated panel arrangement where the selected head permits it. Keep the body and head aligned and retain access to the pneumatic ports. The catalog does not state a general screw-tightening torque. Do not exceed the selected spool and actuator stroke ranges. Excess travel imposed by the external mechanism can cause leakage or damage. Engineering-plastic button components must be operated by hand and must not be struck with metal tools; the dedicated mechanical roller/plunger models are actuated by their intended external mechanism. This latching control is manually reset by rotating the button after it has been pressed into the latched position. Body and Mounting Dimensions The S3B body drawing supplies the base dimensions for the selected port size. A selected control head is shown separately; its dimensions are not a complete assembled-valve envelope. Drawing reference Value Drawing dimension A 26 mm Drawing dimension B 16.5 mm Drawing dimension C 36 mm Drawing dimension D 30 mm Drawing dimension KA 16 mm Drawing dimension KB 15 mm Drawing dimension PA 13 mm Drawing dimension PB 9 mm Drawing K M5 × 0.8; the illustration marks two K mounting positions Drawing P — two connection callouts M5 × 0.8 Selected Control Head and Replacement Reference The values below describe the selected actuator or control-head assembly. They are separate from the body drawing and must not be added indiscriminately to the body dimensions. Control-head drawing reference Value Head base width 36 mm Head base depth 30 mm Panel allowance reference 6 mm Panel mounting thread M22 × 1.25 Button diameter 36 mm Head height range in drawing 51.5–58.5 mm The S3 catalog explicitly lists control-head assembly S3PL05-P12A for this head family. The M3/S3 prefix on a shared replacement head is retained exactly; it does not change this valve’s S3 ordering code. This valve includes its selected actuator; a second head is not required for normal operation. Dimension Drawing Reminder All linear drawing values above are in millimeters unless a thread or angle unit is stated. The original drawings retain the dimension-arrow relationships, actuator orientations and port views that cannot be fully represented by a two-column table. For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal Components — Catalog Reference The sectioned illustration is labeled S3PM. Its numbered components are listed below as a series construction reference. This is not a spare-parts kit or an assertion that every actuator variation has an identical exploded assembly. Materials are stated only where the catalog expressly supplies them. Drawing item Component 1 Body 2 Bottom cover 3 Stopper plug 4 Valve core 5 Cross-head screw 6 Button pressing buckle 7 Spring 8 Clamping washer 9 Dust cover 10 Button cap 11 Main button body 12 Top cover 13 Button retaining ring 14 Clamping nut 15 Button holder 16 Button fixing connector 17 O-ring 18 Spring 19 Spring 20 O-ring Flow Characteristics The catalog flow chart for S3B-M5 plots operating pressure in MPa on the vertical axis from 0 to 0.8, and flow in L/min on the horizontal axis from 0 to 300. The family of curves illustrates the pressure/flow relationship. Axis limits are graph bounds, not guaranteed rated flow values for this complete valve; use the supplied curve and the required pressure conditions. Supply Scope and Related Heads This ordering code identifies one valve with its selected control-head form. It does not encode a multiple-valve assembly, a spare head, a silencer, mounting-panel hardware or pneumatic tubing. Where the catalog lists a separately orderable head, its exact code is given above as a replacement reference; the source does not provide a screw/gasket quantity breakdown for a service kit. Series Ordering Options The S3 family offers B, C, D, Y, R, L and V heads; red-only PL; and PP, PF, PM and HS in red, green or black. Port options are M5, 06 (1/8 inch) and 08 (1/4 inch). The original linked ordering chart uses M5 for the metric complete-valve code, while some replacement-head and Chinese drawing labels use 05; those labels do not authorize changing this listing code. For 1/8 and 1/4 inch connections, a blank thread suffix means PT, G means G thread and T means NPT. M5 connections have no such thread suffix. These are series alternatives; the selected configuration is the one decoded above. Reference Weight Catalog reference weight: 112 g, from the S3PL row of the 2022 comprehensive catalog weight table (paper page 300). The catalog weight table identifies the control-head family without a port, color or thread suffix. This is that published family reference, not an independently measured weight for every option. The table states that weights are for reference only; actual weight is determined by the delivered product. This is not a measured or packaged shipping weight. Catalog Basis Technical information is taken from the linked S3 catalog and cross-checked against the 2022 comprehensive catalog, paper pages 140–142 (PDF pages 141–143). The paper-page-300 weight table is cited separately above. No unrelated series dimensions or weights are substituted. Optional Piping Accessories P = this S3 valve’s female supply connection (M5); W = its female controlled working connection A (M5). The body drawing’s 2-P callout gives the two connection sizes; K identifies mounting threads, not pneumatic ports. Keep supply and working circuits separate. M5 means M5 × 0.8. Multiple keys retain each use. Tube OD is mm (in = inches); compression/tubing show OD × ID. These piping accessories are optional and ordered separately. Code-prefix uses (match the longest listed family prefix): BKC/GBKC compression fitting; BPC/GBPC metal straight; BPOC metal straight; GPC/PC straight; GPEB/PEB branch tee; GPED/PED run tee; GPH/PH banjo elbow; GPHF/PHF female branch banjo; GPL/PL elbow; GPLL/PLL extended elbow; GPSA/PSA inline flow control; GPSS/PSS flow control; GPYB/PYB Y; POC round straight; PSL elbow flow control; PTL push-lock flow control; UE PU tube; US PU tube. Use Size / complete codes P,W 4 × 2.5: BKC0425-M5,BKC0425-M5-S,GBKC0425-M5,UE95A040025100MBU,US98A040025100MBU4: BPC4M5,BPOC4M5,GBPC4M5,GPC4M5-M,GPC4M5D-M,GPEB4M5,GPEB4M5D,GPED4M5,GPED4M5D,GPH4M5,GPH4M5D,GPHF4M5,GPHF4M5D,GPL4M5,GPL4M5-M,GPL4M5D,GPL4M5D-M,GPLL4M5,GPLL4M5D,GPSA4,GPSA4D,GPSS4M5A,GPSS4M5AD,GPSS4M5B,GPSS4M5BD,GPYB4M5,GPYB4M5D,PC4M5,PC4M5-M,PC4M5-S,PC4M5D,PC4M5D-M,PC4M5D-S,PEB4M5,PEB4M5-S,PEB4M5D,PEB4M5D-S,PED4M5,PED4M5-S,PED4M5D,PED4M5D-S,PH4M5,PH4M5-S,PH4M5D,PH4M5D-S,PHF4M5,PHF4M5-S,PHF4M5D,PHF4M5D-S,PL4M5,PL4M5-M,PL4M5-S,PL4M5D,PL4M5D-M,PL4M5D-S,PLL4M5,PLL4M5-S,PLL4M5D,PLL4M5D-S,POC4M5,POC4M5-S,POC4M5D,POC4M5D-S,PSA4,PSA4-S,PSA4D,PSA4D-S,PSL4M5A,PSL4M5A-S,PSL4M5AD,PSL4M5AD-S,PSL4M5B,PSL4M5B-S,PSL4M5BD,PSL4M5BD-S,PSS4M5A,PSS4M5A-S,PSS4M5AD,PSS4M5AD-S,PSS4M5B,PSS4M5B-S,PSS4M5BD,PSS4M5BD-S,PTL4M5A-M,PTL4M5AD-M,PTL4M5B-M,PTL4M5BD-M,PYB4M5,PYB4M5-S,PYB4M5D,PYB4M5D-S6: BPC6M5,BPOC6M5,GBPC6M5,GPC6M5,GPC6M5-M,GPC6M5D,GPC6M5D-M,GPEB6M5,GPEB6M5D,GPED6M5,GPED6M5D,GPH6M5,GPH6M5D,GPHF6M5,GPHF6M5D,GPL6M5,GPL6M5-M,GPL6M5D,GPL6M5D-M,GPLL6M5,GPLL6M5D,GPSA6,GPSA6D,GPYB6M5,GPYB6M5D,PC6M5,PC6M5-M,PC6M5-S,PC6M5D,PC6M5D-M,PC6M5D-S,PEB6M5,PEB6M5-S,PEB6M5D,PEB6M5D-S,PED6M5,PED6M5-S,PED6M5D,PED6M5D-S,PH6M5,PH6M5-S,PH6M5D,PH6M5D-S,PHF6M5,PHF6M5-S,PHF6M5D,PHF6M5D-S,PL6M5,PL6M5-M,PL6M5-S,PL6M5D,PL6M5D-M,PL6M5D-S,PLL6M5,PLL6M5-S,PLL6M5D,PLL6M5D-S,POC6M5,POC6M5-S,POC6M5D,POC6M5D-S,PSA6,PSA6-S,PSA6D,PSA6D-S,PSL6M5A,PSL6M5A-S,PSL6M5AD,PSL6M5AD-S,PSL6M5B,PSL6M5B-S,PSL6M5BD,PSL6M5BD-S,PTL6M5A-M,PTL6M5AD-M,PTL6M5B-M,PTL6M5BD-M,PYB6M5,PYB6M5-S,PYB6M5D,PYB6M5D-S3.2: GPC3.2M5-M,GPC3.2M5D-M,GPL3.2M5-M,GPL3.2M5D-M,PC3.2M5-M,PC3.2M5D-M,PL3.2M5-M,PL3.2M5D-M3.2 × 2: UE95A032020100MBU,US98A032020100MBU6 × 4: UE95A060040100MBU,US98A060040100MBU Match PT/G/NPT exactly. M5, including G-prefixed M5, is M5 × 0.8, not #10-32UNF. Use the specified thread seal or face gasket. Match tube OD and compression OD/ID; metric and inch sizes are not interchangeable. Use suitable soft nylon/PU tube and check seating, clearance, bends and flow. Tighten compression bodies by the hex, not tube nuts. Where listed: D is black, blank grey, -M miniature; -S denotes only the specified 304 stainless parts. PSA/GPSA are tube-side flow controls and need separate matching tube connections; they do not screw directly into P or W. PHF/GPHF use male RA at the valve; female RB requires its own matching male thread and seal and is not a tube socket. Branches join one circuit. Keep supply P and working A separate; do not bridge these paths. Standard push-in fittings and flow-control parts: ≤1 MPa, −20–70°C. Metal BPC/BPOC/GBPC: ≤0.9 MPa; compression fittings: ≤1 MPa. The listed metal push-in and compression groups have a 0–150°C range, limiting the connected valve path to 0–70°C or narrower. Apply every stricter component limit; no system vacuum rating is established. This mechanically or manually operated S3 valve operates at 0–1 MPa and −20–70°C with 40 µm filtered air. Accessory limits may narrow that range; proof pressure is not working pressure. The piping choices are optional and ordered separately, and do not establish separately orderable panel-mounting or internal-part kits. Flow-control suffix A restricts thread→tube, with free reverse flow; suffix B reverses it. Supply normally flows tube→thread. At valve working port A, suffix A restricts flow to the actuator and suffix B the return; cylinder-mounted orientation differs. Follow the flow symbols, including PSA/GPSA. Closed controls are not leak-tight isolation. Adjust gently without forcing stops; depressurize before tube removal. Never cap an active supply or working connection. US98A/UE95A examples are separately ordered blue 100 m metric PU coils rated 1 MPa at 23°C. US98A: −20–70°C; UE95A: −40–70°C. Match OD/ID and derate as temperature rises within valve/component limits; 1 MPa is not assured throughout. Use inch tube where the selected connection requires it; metric tube is not a substitute. PTL recommended cap-adjustment torque: miniature M5 PTL: 0.05 N·m. These are not thread-installation torques. Items marked discontinued are historical service references, not current standard recommendations. Confirm availability or a manufacturer-approved replacement. An unmarked catalogue entry does not promise current production, stock or delivery. All listed options are ordered separately.

  Read more less

  $19.32

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac S3 series: mechanically operated directional valve - S3R06

  Specifications: S3R06 is an AirTAC S3 control valve with 3 ports, 2 positions, a roller lever actuator and PT 1/8 inch connections. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Functional Alternative Statement Airtac S3 series valves are functional alternatives to SMC VM200 series valves. Model Code Explained Parameter Details Exact ordering code S3R06 Series S3 3 ports, 2 positions; external direct mechanical control Control-head code R Roller lever Port-size code 06 PT 1/8 inch Thread option Blank = PT Color suffix Not used for this control-head type Technical Specifications Parameter Details Fluid Air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating method External direct acting Valve function 3 ports, 2 positions Selected control form roller lever Working connection PT 1/8 inch Effective flow area 8.0 mm² Cv 0.45 Operating-pressure range 0–1.0 MPa (0–145 psi) Proof pressure 1.5 MPa (215 psi) Working temperature −20 to 70 °C Body material Aluminum alloy Lubrication Not required Features and Pneumatic Operation The shut-off/poppet construction provides internal sealing and sensitive directional switching without a lubrication requirement. The valve supports body mounting and the illustrated panel arrangements for the applicable control head. The operating force is supplied by an external machine mechanism. The catalog describes this arrangement for position detection or stroke/limit switching. The catalog identifies this control-head family as using a metal mechanism for durability and stable operation. That statement does not assign an unspecified material to every internal component. Lubrication is not required. If lubricated air is introduced, continue using the same lubrication medium without interruption; the catalog recommends ISO VG32 oil or an equivalent grade. Port letters identify P as the supply, A as the controlled outlet and R as exhaust. The graphical symbol in the PDF defines the exact flow paths for the selected actuator and valve position. Selected Operating Travel Parameter Details Valve-spool stroke 2.4–3.4 mm Button / roller / handle stroke 5.5–7.8 mm The listed stroke ranges are installation limits for the selected control form. Travel is not an added body dimension. Use the drawing orientation and do not drive the mechanism past its stated range. Installation, Travel Limits and Operation Mount the valve through the body fixing points or use the illustrated panel arrangement where the selected head permits it. Keep the body and head aligned and retain access to the pneumatic ports. The catalog does not state a general screw-tightening torque. Do not exceed the selected spool and actuator stroke ranges. Excess travel imposed by the external mechanism can cause leakage or damage. Engineering-plastic button components must be operated by hand and must not be struck with metal tools; the dedicated mechanical roller/plunger models are actuated by their intended external mechanism. The spring-return symbol and the installation notes identify an automatically returning actuation arrangement. Allow the actuator to return freely after releasing the operating force. Body and Mounting Dimensions The S3B body drawing supplies the base dimensions for the selected port size. A selected control head is shown separately; its dimensions are not a complete assembled-valve envelope. Drawing reference Value Drawing dimension A 30 mm Drawing dimension B 16.5 mm Drawing dimension C 47 mm Drawing dimension D 41 mm Drawing dimension KA 23 mm Drawing dimension KB 20.5 mm Drawing dimension PA 17.5 mm Drawing dimension PB 11.5 mm Drawing K M5 × 0.8; the illustration marks two K mounting positions Drawing P — two connection callouts PT 1/8 inch Selected Control Head and Replacement Reference The values below describe the selected actuator or control-head assembly. They are separate from the body drawing and must not be added indiscriminately to the body dimensions. Control-head drawing reference Value Roller diameter 15 mm Head length reference 40 mm Longitudinal sub-span 32.5 mm Mounting longitudinal span 30.5 mm Head vertical reference 26 mm Vertical sub-span 18.5 mm Lower vertical reference 7 mm Head width reference 16 mm Inner width 8.5 mm Local width reference 13 mm The S3 catalog explicitly lists control-head assembly M3R210-P14A for this head family. The M3/S3 prefix on a shared replacement head is retained exactly; it does not change this valve’s S3 ordering code. This valve includes its selected actuator; a second head is not required for normal operation. Dimension Drawing Reminder All linear drawing values above are in millimeters unless a thread or angle unit is stated. The original drawings retain the dimension-arrow relationships, actuator orientations and port views that cannot be fully represented by a two-column table. For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal Components — Catalog Reference The sectioned illustration is labeled S3PM. Its numbered components are listed below as a series construction reference. This is not a spare-parts kit or an assertion that every actuator variation has an identical exploded assembly. Materials are stated only where the catalog expressly supplies them. Drawing item Component 1 Body 2 Bottom cover 3 Stopper plug 4 Valve core 5 Cross-head screw 6 Button pressing buckle 7 Spring 8 Clamping washer 9 Dust cover 10 Button cap 11 Main button body 12 Top cover 13 Button retaining ring 14 Clamping nut 15 Button holder 16 Button fixing connector 17 O-ring 18 Spring 19 Spring 20 O-ring Flow Characteristics The catalog flow chart for S3B-06 plots operating pressure in MPa on the vertical axis from 0 to 0.8, and flow in L/min on the horizontal axis from 0 to 900. The family of curves illustrates the pressure/flow relationship. Axis limits are graph bounds, not guaranteed rated flow values for this complete valve; use the supplied curve and the required pressure conditions. Supply Scope and Related Heads This ordering code identifies one valve with its selected control-head form. It does not encode a multiple-valve assembly, a spare head, a silencer, mounting-panel hardware or pneumatic tubing. Where the catalog lists a separately orderable head, its exact code is given above as a replacement reference; the source does not provide a screw/gasket quantity breakdown for a service kit. Series Ordering Options The S3 family offers B, C, D, Y, R, L and V heads; red-only PL; and PP, PF, PM and HS in red, green or black. Port options are M5, 06 (1/8 inch) and 08 (1/4 inch). The original linked ordering chart uses M5 for the metric complete-valve code, while some replacement-head and Chinese drawing labels use 05; those labels do not authorize changing this listing code. For 1/8 and 1/4 inch connections, a blank thread suffix means PT, G means G thread and T means NPT. M5 connections have no such thread suffix. These are series alternatives; the selected configuration is the one decoded above. Reference Weight Catalog reference weight: 80 g, from the S3R row of the 2022 comprehensive catalog weight table (paper page 300). The catalog weight table identifies the control-head family without a port, color or thread suffix. This is that published family reference, not an independently measured weight for every option. The table states that weights are for reference only; actual weight is determined by the delivered product. This is not a measured or packaged shipping weight. Catalog Basis Technical information is taken from the linked S3 catalog and cross-checked against the 2022 comprehensive catalog, paper pages 140–142 (PDF pages 141–143). The paper-page-300 weight table is cited separately above. No unrelated series dimensions or weights are substituted. Optional Piping Accessories P = this S3 valve’s female supply connection (PT1/8); W = its female controlled working connection A (PT1/8). The body drawing’s 2-P callout gives the two connection sizes; K identifies mounting threads, not pneumatic ports. Keep supply and working circuits separate. Multiple keys retain each use. Tube OD is mm (in = inches); compression/tubing show OD × ID. These piping accessories are optional and ordered separately. Code-prefix uses (match the longest listed family prefix): ASC inline threaded flow control; BB male–male; BKC compression fitting; BPC metal straight; BPOC metal straight; GAFR upstream filter-regulator; GPSA/PSA inline flow control; PC straight; PEB branch tee; PED run tee; PH banjo elbow; PHF female branch banjo; PHW twin banjo; PKD reducing distribution fitting; PL elbow; PLL extended elbow; POC round straight; PSL elbow flow control; PSS flow control; PTL push-lock flow control; PYB Y; PZB cross; UE PU tube; US PU tube. Use Size / complete codes P ASC10006,GAFR20006S P,W male PT1/8 ↔ male PT1/8: BB0101,BB0101-Smale PT1/4 ↔ male PT1/8: BB0102,BB0102-Smale PT3/8 ↔ male PT1/8: BB0103,BB0103-S4 × 2.5: BKC0425-01,BKC0425-01-S,UE95A040025100MBU,US98A040025100MBU6 × 4: BKC0604-01,BKC0604-01-S,UE95A060040100MBU,US98A060040100MBU8 × 5: BKC0805-01,BKC0805-01-S,UE95A080050100MBU,US98A080050100MBU8 × 5.5 or 6: BKC0806-01,BKC0806-01-S10: BPC1001,GPSA10,GPSA10D,PC1001,PC1001-S,PC1001D,PC1001D-S,PEB1001,PEB1001-S,PEB1001D,PEB1001D-S,PED1001,PED1001-S,PED1001D,PED1001D-S,PL1001,PL1001-S,PL1001D,PL1001D-S,PLL1001,PLL1001-S,PLL1001D,PLL1001D-S,POC1001,POC1001-S,POC1001D,POC1001D-S,PSA10,PSA10-S,PSA10D,PSA10D-S,PYB1001,PYB1001-S,PYB1001D,PYB1001D-S4: BPC401,BPOC401,GPSA4,GPSA4D,PC401,PC401-M,PC401-S,PC401D,PC401D-M,PC401D-S,PEB401,PEB401-S,PEB401D,PEB401D-S,PED401,PED401-S,PED401D,PED401D-S,PH401,PH401-S,PH401D,PH401D-S,PHW401,PHW401-S,PHW401D,PHW401D-S,PL401,PL401-M,PL401-S,PL401D,PL401D-M,PL401D-S,PLL401,PLL401-S,PLL401D,PLL401D-S,POC401,POC401-S,POC401D,POC401D-S,PSA4,PSA4-S,PSA4D,PSA4D-S,PSL401A,PSL401A-S,PSL401AD,PSL401AD-S,PSL401B,PSL401B-S,PSL401BD,PSL401BD-S,PTL401A-M,PTL401AD-M,PTL401B-M,PTL401BD-M,PYB401,PYB401-S,PYB401D,PYB401D-S6: BPC601,BPOC601,GPSA6,GPSA6D,PC601,PC601-M,PC601-S,PC601D,PC601D-M,PC601D-S,PEB601,PEB601-S,PEB601D,PEB601D-S,PED601,PED601-S,PED601D,PED601D-S,PH601,PH601-S,PH601D,PH601D-S,PHW601,PHW601-S,PHW601D,PHW601D-S,PL601,PL601-M,PL601-S,PL601D,PL601D-M,PL601D-S,PLL601,PLL601-S,PLL601D,PLL601D-S,POC601,POC601-S,POC601D,POC601D-S,PSA6,PSA6-S,PSA6D,PSA6D-S,PSL601A,PSL601A-S,PSL601AD,PSL601AD-S,PSL601B,PSL601B-S,PSL601BD,PSL601BD-S,PSS601A,PSS601A-S,PSS601AD,PSS601AD-S,PSS601B,PSS601B-S,PSS601BD,PSS601BD-S,PTL601A,PTL601A-M,PTL601AD,PTL601AD-M,PTL601B,PTL601B-M,PTL601BD,PTL601BD-M,PYB601,PYB601-S,PYB601D,PYB601D-S,PZB601,PZB601-S,PZB601D,PZB601D-S8: BPC801,BPOC801,GPSA8,GPSA8D,PC801,PC801-S,PC801D,PC801D-S,PEB801,PEB801-S,PEB801D,PEB801D-S,PED801,PED801-S,PED801D,PED801D-S,PH801,PH801-S,PH801D,PH801D-S,PHW801,PHW801-S,PHW801D,PHW801D-S,PL801,PL801-S,PL801D,PL801D-S,PLL801,PLL801-S,PLL801D,PLL801D-S,POC801,POC801-S,POC801D,POC801D-S,PSA8,PSA8-S,PSA8D,PSA8D-S,PSL801A,PSL801A-S,PSL801AD,PSL801AD-S,PSL801B,PSL801B-S,PSL801BD,PSL801BD-S,PSS801A,PSS801A-S,PSS801AD,PSS801AD-S,PSS801B,PSS801B-S,PSS801BD,PSS801BD-S,PTL801A,PTL801AD,PTL801B,PTL801BD,PYB801,PYB801-S,PYB801D,PYB801D-S,PZB801,PZB801-S,PZB801D,PZB801D-S12: GPSA12,GPSA12D,PC1201,PC1201-S,PC1201D,PC1201D-S,PL1201,PL1201-S,PL1201D,PL1201D-S,PSA12,PSA12-S,PSA12D,PSA12D-S4; male RA PT1/8 / female RB PT1/8: PHF401,PHF401-S,PHF401D,PHF401D-S6; male RA PT1/8 / female RB PT1/8: PHF601,PHF601-S,PHF601D,PHF601D-S8; male RA PT1/8 / female RB PT1/8: PHF801,PHF801-S,PHF801D,PHF801D-Smain 6 / branch 4: PKD6-401,PKD6-401-S,PKD6-401D,PKD6-401D-S10 × 6.5: UE95A100065100MBU,US98A100065100MBU12 × 8: UE95A120080100MBU,US98A120080100MBU Match PT/G/NPT exactly. Use the specified thread seal or face gasket. Match tube OD and compression OD/ID; metric and inch sizes are not interchangeable. Use suitable soft nylon/PU tube and check seating, clearance, bends and flow. Tighten compression bodies by the hex, not tube nuts. Where listed: D is black, blank grey, -M miniature; -S denotes only the specified 304 stainless parts. PSA/GPSA are tube-side flow controls and need separate matching tube connections; they do not screw directly into P or W. PHF use male RA at the valve; female RB requires its own matching male thread and seal and is not a tube socket. Match both adapter ends to their separate mating parts. Branches join one circuit. Keep supply P and working A separate; do not bridge these paths. Standard push-in fittings and flow-control parts: ≤1 MPa, −20–70°C. Metal BPC/BPOC: ≤0.9 MPa; compression fittings/thread adapters: ≤1 MPa. The listed metal push-in, compression and adapter groups have a 0–150°C range, limiting the connected valve path to 0–70°C or narrower. Apply every stricter component limit; no system vacuum rating is established. This mechanically or manually operated S3 valve operates at 0–1 MPa and −20–70°C with 40 µm filtered air. Accessory limits may narrow that range; proof pressure is not working pressure. The piping choices are optional and ordered separately, and do not establish separately orderable panel-mounting or internal-part kits. Flow-control suffix A restricts thread→tube, with free reverse flow; suffix B reverses it. Supply normally flows tube→thread. At valve working port A, suffix A restricts flow to the actuator and suffix B the return; cylinder-mounted orientation differs. Follow the flow symbols, including PSA/GPSA. Closed controls are not leak-tight isolation. Adjust gently without forcing stops; depressurize before tube removal. Never cap an active supply or working connection. ASC is a separately connected upstream supply flow control, assigned to P only. Both female ports require matching male connections; follow its P/A markings. Its limits are 0.05–0.95 MPa and −20–70°C with ≤40 µm filtration. The complete valve path must meet these and every stricter component limit; the valve’s 0–1 MPa range does not extend the ASC rating. GAFR is a separately connected upstream supply filter/regulator, assigned to P only. Both female ports require matching male piping; follow IN→OUT and check total flow and bowl/environment suitability. Inlet ≤1 MPa; regulation 0.15–0.9 MPa; −5–70°C, nonfreezing. Apply every stricter valve/component limit. Listed GAFR S versions have a 40 µm filter, PC bowl, differential/manual drain, bracket and round snap-in gauge (MPa/psi), without a reverse-flow valve. Air lubrication is not required. If lubricated air is introduced, continue with consistent lubrication using ISO VG32 or equivalent oil. US98A/UE95A examples are separately ordered blue 100 m metric PU coils rated 1 MPa at 23°C. US98A: −20–70°C; UE95A: −40–70°C. Match OD/ID and derate as temperature rises within valve/component limits; 1 MPa is not assured throughout. Use inch tube where the selected connection requires it; metric tube is not a substitute. PTL recommended cap-adjustment torque: 1/8: 0.08 N·m. These are not thread-installation torques. Items marked discontinued are historical service references, not current standard recommendations. Confirm availability or a manufacturer-approved replacement. An unmarked catalogue entry does not promise current production, stock or delivery. All listed options are ordered separately.

  Read more less

  $19.32

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac S3 series: mechanically operated directional valve - S3V06

  Specifications: S3V06 is an AirTAC S3 control valve with 3 ports, 2 positions, a vertical roller actuator and PT 1/8 inch connections. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Functional Alternative Statement Airtac S3 series valves are functional alternatives to SMC VM200 series valves. Model Code Explained Parameter Details Exact ordering code S3V06 Series S3 3 ports, 2 positions; external direct mechanical control Control-head code V Vertical roller Port-size code 06 PT 1/8 inch Thread option Blank = PT Color suffix Not used for this control-head type Technical Specifications Parameter Details Fluid Air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating method External direct acting Valve function 3 ports, 2 positions Selected control form vertical roller Working connection PT 1/8 inch Effective flow area 8.0 mm² Cv 0.45 Operating-pressure range 0–1.0 MPa (0–145 psi) Proof pressure 1.5 MPa (215 psi) Working temperature −20 to 70 °C Body material Aluminum alloy Lubrication Not required Features and Pneumatic Operation The shut-off/poppet construction provides internal sealing and sensitive directional switching without a lubrication requirement. The valve supports body mounting and the illustrated panel arrangements for the applicable control head. The operating force is supplied by an external machine mechanism. The catalog describes this arrangement for position detection or stroke/limit switching. Lubrication is not required. If lubricated air is introduced, continue using the same lubrication medium without interruption; the catalog recommends ISO VG32 oil or an equivalent grade. Port letters identify P as the supply, A as the controlled outlet and R as exhaust. The graphical symbol in the PDF defines the exact flow paths for the selected actuator and valve position. Selected Operating Travel Parameter Details Valve-spool stroke 2.4–3.8 mm Button / roller / handle stroke 3.4–4.8 mm The listed stroke ranges are installation limits for the selected control form. Travel is not an added body dimension. Use the drawing orientation and do not drive the mechanism past its stated range. Installation, Travel Limits and Operation Mount the valve through the body fixing points or use the illustrated panel arrangement where the selected head permits it. Keep the body and head aligned and retain access to the pneumatic ports. The catalog does not state a general screw-tightening torque. Do not exceed the selected spool and actuator stroke ranges. Excess travel imposed by the external mechanism can cause leakage or damage. Engineering-plastic button components must be operated by hand and must not be struck with metal tools; the dedicated mechanical roller/plunger models are actuated by their intended external mechanism. The spring-return symbol and the installation notes identify an automatically returning actuation arrangement. Allow the actuator to return freely after releasing the operating force. Body and Mounting Dimensions The S3B body drawing supplies the base dimensions for the selected port size. A selected control head is shown separately; its dimensions are not a complete assembled-valve envelope. Drawing reference Value Drawing dimension A 30 mm Drawing dimension B 16.5 mm Drawing dimension C 47 mm Drawing dimension D 41 mm Drawing dimension KA 23 mm Drawing dimension KB 20.5 mm Drawing dimension PA 17.5 mm Drawing dimension PB 11.5 mm Drawing K M5 × 0.8; the illustration marks two K mounting positions Drawing P — two connection callouts PT 1/8 inch Selected Control Head and Replacement Reference The values below describe the selected actuator or control-head assembly. They are separate from the body drawing and must not be added indiscriminately to the body dimensions. Control-head drawing reference Value Head height reference 32.8 mm Intermediate vertical reference 27 mm Lower vertical reference 18 mm Head length A 30 mm Head width B 16.5 mm Mounting reference 18.5 mm Local width reference 12 mm Head mounting holes 2 × Ø3.3 mm through-holes; Ø6.0 mm countersinks The S3 catalog explicitly lists control-head assembly S3V06-P14A for this head family. The M3/S3 prefix on a shared replacement head is retained exactly; it does not change this valve’s S3 ordering code. This valve includes its selected actuator; a second head is not required for normal operation. Dimension Drawing Reminder All linear drawing values above are in millimeters unless a thread or angle unit is stated. The original drawings retain the dimension-arrow relationships, actuator orientations and port views that cannot be fully represented by a two-column table. For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal Components — Catalog Reference The sectioned illustration is labeled S3PM. Its numbered components are listed below as a series construction reference. This is not a spare-parts kit or an assertion that every actuator variation has an identical exploded assembly. Materials are stated only where the catalog expressly supplies them. Drawing item Component 1 Body 2 Bottom cover 3 Stopper plug 4 Valve core 5 Cross-head screw 6 Button pressing buckle 7 Spring 8 Clamping washer 9 Dust cover 10 Button cap 11 Main button body 12 Top cover 13 Button retaining ring 14 Clamping nut 15 Button holder 16 Button fixing connector 17 O-ring 18 Spring 19 Spring 20 O-ring Flow Characteristics The catalog flow chart for S3B-06 plots operating pressure in MPa on the vertical axis from 0 to 0.8, and flow in L/min on the horizontal axis from 0 to 900. The family of curves illustrates the pressure/flow relationship. Axis limits are graph bounds, not guaranteed rated flow values for this complete valve; use the supplied curve and the required pressure conditions. Supply Scope and Related Heads This ordering code identifies one valve with its selected control-head form. It does not encode a multiple-valve assembly, a spare head, a silencer, mounting-panel hardware or pneumatic tubing. Where the catalog lists a separately orderable head, its exact code is given above as a replacement reference; the source does not provide a screw/gasket quantity breakdown for a service kit. Series Ordering Options The S3 family offers B, C, D, Y, R, L and V heads; red-only PL; and PP, PF, PM and HS in red, green or black. Port options are M5, 06 (1/8 inch) and 08 (1/4 inch). The original linked ordering chart uses M5 for the metric complete-valve code, while some replacement-head and Chinese drawing labels use 05; those labels do not authorize changing this listing code. For 1/8 and 1/4 inch connections, a blank thread suffix means PT, G means G thread and T means NPT. M5 connections have no such thread suffix. These are series alternatives; the selected configuration is the one decoded above. Reference Weight Catalog reference weight: 89 g, from the S3V row of the 2022 comprehensive catalog weight table (paper page 300). The catalog weight table identifies the control-head family without a port, color or thread suffix. This is that published family reference, not an independently measured weight for every option. The table states that weights are for reference only; actual weight is determined by the delivered product. This is not a measured or packaged shipping weight. Catalog Basis Technical information is taken from the linked S3 catalog and cross-checked against the 2022 comprehensive catalog, paper pages 140–142 (PDF pages 141–143). The paper-page-300 weight table is cited separately above. No unrelated series dimensions or weights are substituted. Optional Piping Accessories P = this S3 valve’s female supply connection (PT1/8); W = its female controlled working connection A (PT1/8). The body drawing’s 2-P callout gives the two connection sizes; K identifies mounting threads, not pneumatic ports. Keep supply and working circuits separate. Multiple keys retain each use. Tube OD is mm (in = inches); compression/tubing show OD × ID. These piping accessories are optional and ordered separately. Code-prefix uses (match the longest listed family prefix): ASC inline threaded flow control; BB male–male; BKC compression fitting; BPC metal straight; BPOC metal straight; GAFR upstream filter-regulator; GPSA/PSA inline flow control; PC straight; PEB branch tee; PED run tee; PH banjo elbow; PHF female branch banjo; PHW twin banjo; PKD reducing distribution fitting; PL elbow; PLL extended elbow; POC round straight; PSL elbow flow control; PSS flow control; PTL push-lock flow control; PYB Y; PZB cross; UE PU tube; US PU tube. Use Size / complete codes P ASC10006,GAFR20006S P,W male PT1/8 ↔ male PT1/8: BB0101,BB0101-Smale PT1/4 ↔ male PT1/8: BB0102,BB0102-Smale PT3/8 ↔ male PT1/8: BB0103,BB0103-S4 × 2.5: BKC0425-01,BKC0425-01-S,UE95A040025100MBU,US98A040025100MBU6 × 4: BKC0604-01,BKC0604-01-S,UE95A060040100MBU,US98A060040100MBU8 × 5: BKC0805-01,BKC0805-01-S,UE95A080050100MBU,US98A080050100MBU8 × 5.5 or 6: BKC0806-01,BKC0806-01-S10: BPC1001,GPSA10,GPSA10D,PC1001,PC1001-S,PC1001D,PC1001D-S,PEB1001,PEB1001-S,PEB1001D,PEB1001D-S,PED1001,PED1001-S,PED1001D,PED1001D-S,PL1001,PL1001-S,PL1001D,PL1001D-S,PLL1001,PLL1001-S,PLL1001D,PLL1001D-S,POC1001,POC1001-S,POC1001D,POC1001D-S,PSA10,PSA10-S,PSA10D,PSA10D-S,PYB1001,PYB1001-S,PYB1001D,PYB1001D-S4: BPC401,BPOC401,GPSA4,GPSA4D,PC401,PC401-M,PC401-S,PC401D,PC401D-M,PC401D-S,PEB401,PEB401-S,PEB401D,PEB401D-S,PED401,PED401-S,PED401D,PED401D-S,PH401,PH401-S,PH401D,PH401D-S,PHW401,PHW401-S,PHW401D,PHW401D-S,PL401,PL401-M,PL401-S,PL401D,PL401D-M,PL401D-S,PLL401,PLL401-S,PLL401D,PLL401D-S,POC401,POC401-S,POC401D,POC401D-S,PSA4,PSA4-S,PSA4D,PSA4D-S,PSL401A,PSL401A-S,PSL401AD,PSL401AD-S,PSL401B,PSL401B-S,PSL401BD,PSL401BD-S,PTL401A-M,PTL401AD-M,PTL401B-M,PTL401BD-M,PYB401,PYB401-S,PYB401D,PYB401D-S6: BPC601,BPOC601,GPSA6,GPSA6D,PC601,PC601-M,PC601-S,PC601D,PC601D-M,PC601D-S,PEB601,PEB601-S,PEB601D,PEB601D-S,PED601,PED601-S,PED601D,PED601D-S,PH601,PH601-S,PH601D,PH601D-S,PHW601,PHW601-S,PHW601D,PHW601D-S,PL601,PL601-M,PL601-S,PL601D,PL601D-M,PL601D-S,PLL601,PLL601-S,PLL601D,PLL601D-S,POC601,POC601-S,POC601D,POC601D-S,PSA6,PSA6-S,PSA6D,PSA6D-S,PSL601A,PSL601A-S,PSL601AD,PSL601AD-S,PSL601B,PSL601B-S,PSL601BD,PSL601BD-S,PSS601A,PSS601A-S,PSS601AD,PSS601AD-S,PSS601B,PSS601B-S,PSS601BD,PSS601BD-S,PTL601A,PTL601A-M,PTL601AD,PTL601AD-M,PTL601B,PTL601B-M,PTL601BD,PTL601BD-M,PYB601,PYB601-S,PYB601D,PYB601D-S,PZB601,PZB601-S,PZB601D,PZB601D-S8: BPC801,BPOC801,GPSA8,GPSA8D,PC801,PC801-S,PC801D,PC801D-S,PEB801,PEB801-S,PEB801D,PEB801D-S,PED801,PED801-S,PED801D,PED801D-S,PH801,PH801-S,PH801D,PH801D-S,PHW801,PHW801-S,PHW801D,PHW801D-S,PL801,PL801-S,PL801D,PL801D-S,PLL801,PLL801-S,PLL801D,PLL801D-S,POC801,POC801-S,POC801D,POC801D-S,PSA8,PSA8-S,PSA8D,PSA8D-S,PSL801A,PSL801A-S,PSL801AD,PSL801AD-S,PSL801B,PSL801B-S,PSL801BD,PSL801BD-S,PSS801A,PSS801A-S,PSS801AD,PSS801AD-S,PSS801B,PSS801B-S,PSS801BD,PSS801BD-S,PTL801A,PTL801AD,PTL801B,PTL801BD,PYB801,PYB801-S,PYB801D,PYB801D-S,PZB801,PZB801-S,PZB801D,PZB801D-S12: GPSA12,GPSA12D,PC1201,PC1201-S,PC1201D,PC1201D-S,PL1201,PL1201-S,PL1201D,PL1201D-S,PSA12,PSA12-S,PSA12D,PSA12D-S4; male RA PT1/8 / female RB PT1/8: PHF401,PHF401-S,PHF401D,PHF401D-S6; male RA PT1/8 / female RB PT1/8: PHF601,PHF601-S,PHF601D,PHF601D-S8; male RA PT1/8 / female RB PT1/8: PHF801,PHF801-S,PHF801D,PHF801D-Smain 6 / branch 4: PKD6-401,PKD6-401-S,PKD6-401D,PKD6-401D-S10 × 6.5: UE95A100065100MBU,US98A100065100MBU12 × 8: UE95A120080100MBU,US98A120080100MBU Match PT/G/NPT exactly. Use the specified thread seal or face gasket. Match tube OD and compression OD/ID; metric and inch sizes are not interchangeable. Use suitable soft nylon/PU tube and check seating, clearance, bends and flow. Tighten compression bodies by the hex, not tube nuts. Where listed: D is black, blank grey, -M miniature; -S denotes only the specified 304 stainless parts. PSA/GPSA are tube-side flow controls and need separate matching tube connections; they do not screw directly into P or W. PHF use male RA at the valve; female RB requires its own matching male thread and seal and is not a tube socket. Match both adapter ends to their separate mating parts. Branches join one circuit. Keep supply P and working A separate; do not bridge these paths. Standard push-in fittings and flow-control parts: ≤1 MPa, −20–70°C. Metal BPC/BPOC: ≤0.9 MPa; compression fittings/thread adapters: ≤1 MPa. The listed metal push-in, compression and adapter groups have a 0–150°C range, limiting the connected valve path to 0–70°C or narrower. Apply every stricter component limit; no system vacuum rating is established. This mechanically or manually operated S3 valve operates at 0–1 MPa and −20–70°C with 40 µm filtered air. Accessory limits may narrow that range; proof pressure is not working pressure. The piping choices are optional and ordered separately, and do not establish separately orderable panel-mounting or internal-part kits. Flow-control suffix A restricts thread→tube, with free reverse flow; suffix B reverses it. Supply normally flows tube→thread. At valve working port A, suffix A restricts flow to the actuator and suffix B the return; cylinder-mounted orientation differs. Follow the flow symbols, including PSA/GPSA. Closed controls are not leak-tight isolation. Adjust gently without forcing stops; depressurize before tube removal. Never cap an active supply or working connection. ASC is a separately connected upstream supply flow control, assigned to P only. Both female ports require matching male connections; follow its P/A markings. Its limits are 0.05–0.95 MPa and −20–70°C with ≤40 µm filtration. The complete valve path must meet these and every stricter component limit; the valve’s 0–1 MPa range does not extend the ASC rating. GAFR is a separately connected upstream supply filter/regulator, assigned to P only. Both female ports require matching male piping; follow IN→OUT and check total flow and bowl/environment suitability. Inlet ≤1 MPa; regulation 0.15–0.9 MPa; −5–70°C, nonfreezing. Apply every stricter valve/component limit. Listed GAFR S versions have a 40 µm filter, PC bowl, differential/manual drain, bracket and round snap-in gauge (MPa/psi), without a reverse-flow valve. Air lubrication is not required. If lubricated air is introduced, continue with consistent lubrication using ISO VG32 or equivalent oil. US98A/UE95A examples are separately ordered blue 100 m metric PU coils rated 1 MPa at 23°C. US98A: −20–70°C; UE95A: −40–70°C. Match OD/ID and derate as temperature rises within valve/component limits; 1 MPa is not assured throughout. Use inch tube where the selected connection requires it; metric tube is not a substitute. PTL recommended cap-adjustment torque: 1/8: 0.08 N·m. These are not thread-installation torques. Items marked discontinued are historical service references, not current standard recommendations. Confirm availability or a manufacturer-approved replacement. An unmarked catalogue entry does not promise current production, stock or delivery. All listed options are ordered separately.

  Read more less

  $19.32

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac S3 series: mechanically operated directional valve - S3B06

  Specifications: S3B06 is an AirTAC S3 control valve with 3 ports, 2 positions, a basic plunger actuator and PT 1/8 inch connections. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Functional Alternative Statement Airtac S3 series valves are functional alternatives to SMC VM200 series valves. Model Code Explained Parameter Details Exact ordering code S3B06 Series S3 3 ports, 2 positions; external direct mechanical control Control-head code B Basic plunger Port-size code 06 PT 1/8 inch Thread option Blank = PT Color suffix Not used for this control-head type Technical Specifications Parameter Details Fluid Air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating method External direct acting Valve function 3 ports, 2 positions Selected control form basic plunger Working connection PT 1/8 inch Effective flow area 8.0 mm² Cv 0.45 Operating-pressure range 0–1.0 MPa (0–145 psi) Proof pressure 1.5 MPa (215 psi) Working temperature −20 to 70 °C Body material Aluminum alloy Lubrication Not required Features and Pneumatic Operation The shut-off/poppet construction provides internal sealing and sensitive directional switching without a lubrication requirement. The valve supports body mounting and the illustrated panel arrangements for the applicable control head. The operating force is supplied by an external machine mechanism. The catalog describes this arrangement for position detection or stroke/limit switching. Lubrication is not required. If lubricated air is introduced, continue using the same lubrication medium without interruption; the catalog recommends ISO VG32 oil or an equivalent grade. Port letters identify P as the supply, A as the controlled outlet and R as exhaust. The graphical symbol in the PDF defines the exact flow paths for the selected actuator and valve position. Selected Operating Travel Parameter Details Valve-spool stroke 2.4–4.0 mm Separate button / roller stroke Not separately stated for the basic plunger The listed stroke ranges are installation limits for the selected control form. Travel is not an added body dimension. Use the drawing orientation and do not drive the mechanism past its stated range. Installation, Travel Limits and Operation Mount the valve through the body fixing points or use the illustrated panel arrangement where the selected head permits it. Keep the body and head aligned and retain access to the pneumatic ports. The catalog does not state a general screw-tightening torque. Do not exceed the selected spool and actuator stroke ranges. Excess travel imposed by the external mechanism can cause leakage or damage. Engineering-plastic button components must be operated by hand and must not be struck with metal tools; the dedicated mechanical roller/plunger models are actuated by their intended external mechanism. The spring-return symbol and the installation notes identify an automatically returning actuation arrangement. Allow the actuator to return freely after releasing the operating force. Body and Mounting Dimensions The S3B body drawing supplies the base dimensions for the selected port size. A selected control head is shown separately; its dimensions are not a complete assembled-valve envelope. Drawing reference Value Drawing dimension A 30 mm Drawing dimension B 16.5 mm Drawing dimension C 47 mm Drawing dimension D 41 mm Drawing dimension KA 23 mm Drawing dimension KB 20.5 mm Drawing dimension PA 17.5 mm Drawing dimension PB 11.5 mm Drawing K M5 × 0.8; the illustration marks two K mounting positions Drawing P — two connection callouts PT 1/8 inch Dimension Drawing Reminder All linear drawing values above are in millimeters unless a thread or angle unit is stated. The original drawings retain the dimension-arrow relationships, actuator orientations and port views that cannot be fully represented by a two-column table. For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal Components — Catalog Reference The sectioned illustration is labeled S3PM. Its numbered components are listed below as a series construction reference. This is not a spare-parts kit or an assertion that every actuator variation has an identical exploded assembly. Materials are stated only where the catalog expressly supplies them. Drawing item Component 1 Body 2 Bottom cover 3 Stopper plug 4 Valve core 5 Cross-head screw 6 Button pressing buckle 7 Spring 8 Clamping washer 9 Dust cover 10 Button cap 11 Main button body 12 Top cover 13 Button retaining ring 14 Clamping nut 15 Button holder 16 Button fixing connector 17 O-ring 18 Spring 19 Spring 20 O-ring Flow Characteristics The catalog flow chart for S3B-06 plots operating pressure in MPa on the vertical axis from 0 to 0.8, and flow in L/min on the horizontal axis from 0 to 900. The family of curves illustrates the pressure/flow relationship. Axis limits are graph bounds, not guaranteed rated flow values for this complete valve; use the supplied curve and the required pressure conditions. Supply Scope and Related Heads This ordering code identifies one valve with its selected control-head form. It does not encode a multiple-valve assembly, a spare head, a silencer, mounting-panel hardware or pneumatic tubing. Where the catalog lists a separately orderable head, its exact code is given above as a replacement reference; the source does not provide a screw/gasket quantity breakdown for a service kit. Series Ordering Options The S3 family offers B, C, D, Y, R, L and V heads; red-only PL; and PP, PF, PM and HS in red, green or black. Port options are M5, 06 (1/8 inch) and 08 (1/4 inch). The original linked ordering chart uses M5 for the metric complete-valve code, while some replacement-head and Chinese drawing labels use 05; those labels do not authorize changing this listing code. For 1/8 and 1/4 inch connections, a blank thread suffix means PT, G means G thread and T means NPT. M5 connections have no such thread suffix. These are series alternatives; the selected configuration is the one decoded above. Reference Weight Catalog reference weight: 50 g, from the S3B row of the 2022 comprehensive catalog weight table (paper page 300). The catalog weight table identifies the control-head family without a port, color or thread suffix. This is that published family reference, not an independently measured weight for every option. The table states that weights are for reference only; actual weight is determined by the delivered product. This is not a measured or packaged shipping weight. Catalog Basis Technical information is taken from the linked S3 catalog and cross-checked against the 2022 comprehensive catalog, paper pages 140–142 (PDF pages 141–143). The paper-page-300 weight table is cited separately above. No unrelated series dimensions or weights are substituted. Optional Piping Accessories P = this S3 valve’s female supply connection (PT1/8); W = its female controlled working connection A (PT1/8). The body drawing’s 2-P callout gives the two connection sizes; K identifies mounting threads, not pneumatic ports. Keep supply and working circuits separate. Multiple keys retain each use. Tube OD is mm (in = inches); compression/tubing show OD × ID. These piping accessories are optional and ordered separately. Code-prefix uses (match the longest listed family prefix): ASC inline threaded flow control; BB male–male; BKC compression fitting; BPC metal straight; BPOC metal straight; GAFR upstream filter-regulator; GPSA/PSA inline flow control; PC straight; PEB branch tee; PED run tee; PH banjo elbow; PHF female branch banjo; PHW twin banjo; PKD reducing distribution fitting; PL elbow; PLL extended elbow; POC round straight; PSL elbow flow control; PSS flow control; PTL push-lock flow control; PYB Y; PZB cross; UE PU tube; US PU tube. Use Size / complete codes P ASC10006,GAFR20006S P,W male PT1/8 ↔ male PT1/8: BB0101,BB0101-Smale PT1/4 ↔ male PT1/8: BB0102,BB0102-Smale PT3/8 ↔ male PT1/8: BB0103,BB0103-S4 × 2.5: BKC0425-01,BKC0425-01-S,UE95A040025100MBU,US98A040025100MBU6 × 4: BKC0604-01,BKC0604-01-S,UE95A060040100MBU,US98A060040100MBU8 × 5: BKC0805-01,BKC0805-01-S,UE95A080050100MBU,US98A080050100MBU8 × 5.5 or 6: BKC0806-01,BKC0806-01-S10: BPC1001,GPSA10,GPSA10D,PC1001,PC1001-S,PC1001D,PC1001D-S,PEB1001,PEB1001-S,PEB1001D,PEB1001D-S,PED1001,PED1001-S,PED1001D,PED1001D-S,PL1001,PL1001-S,PL1001D,PL1001D-S,PLL1001,PLL1001-S,PLL1001D,PLL1001D-S,POC1001,POC1001-S,POC1001D,POC1001D-S,PSA10,PSA10-S,PSA10D,PSA10D-S,PYB1001,PYB1001-S,PYB1001D,PYB1001D-S4: BPC401,BPOC401,GPSA4,GPSA4D,PC401,PC401-M,PC401-S,PC401D,PC401D-M,PC401D-S,PEB401,PEB401-S,PEB401D,PEB401D-S,PED401,PED401-S,PED401D,PED401D-S,PH401,PH401-S,PH401D,PH401D-S,PHW401,PHW401-S,PHW401D,PHW401D-S,PL401,PL401-M,PL401-S,PL401D,PL401D-M,PL401D-S,PLL401,PLL401-S,PLL401D,PLL401D-S,POC401,POC401-S,POC401D,POC401D-S,PSA4,PSA4-S,PSA4D,PSA4D-S,PSL401A,PSL401A-S,PSL401AD,PSL401AD-S,PSL401B,PSL401B-S,PSL401BD,PSL401BD-S,PTL401A-M,PTL401AD-M,PTL401B-M,PTL401BD-M,PYB401,PYB401-S,PYB401D,PYB401D-S6: BPC601,BPOC601,GPSA6,GPSA6D,PC601,PC601-M,PC601-S,PC601D,PC601D-M,PC601D-S,PEB601,PEB601-S,PEB601D,PEB601D-S,PED601,PED601-S,PED601D,PED601D-S,PH601,PH601-S,PH601D,PH601D-S,PHW601,PHW601-S,PHW601D,PHW601D-S,PL601,PL601-M,PL601-S,PL601D,PL601D-M,PL601D-S,PLL601,PLL601-S,PLL601D,PLL601D-S,POC601,POC601-S,POC601D,POC601D-S,PSA6,PSA6-S,PSA6D,PSA6D-S,PSL601A,PSL601A-S,PSL601AD,PSL601AD-S,PSL601B,PSL601B-S,PSL601BD,PSL601BD-S,PSS601A,PSS601A-S,PSS601AD,PSS601AD-S,PSS601B,PSS601B-S,PSS601BD,PSS601BD-S,PTL601A,PTL601A-M,PTL601AD,PTL601AD-M,PTL601B,PTL601B-M,PTL601BD,PTL601BD-M,PYB601,PYB601-S,PYB601D,PYB601D-S,PZB601,PZB601-S,PZB601D,PZB601D-S8: BPC801,BPOC801,GPSA8,GPSA8D,PC801,PC801-S,PC801D,PC801D-S,PEB801,PEB801-S,PEB801D,PEB801D-S,PED801,PED801-S,PED801D,PED801D-S,PH801,PH801-S,PH801D,PH801D-S,PHW801,PHW801-S,PHW801D,PHW801D-S,PL801,PL801-S,PL801D,PL801D-S,PLL801,PLL801-S,PLL801D,PLL801D-S,POC801,POC801-S,POC801D,POC801D-S,PSA8,PSA8-S,PSA8D,PSA8D-S,PSL801A,PSL801A-S,PSL801AD,PSL801AD-S,PSL801B,PSL801B-S,PSL801BD,PSL801BD-S,PSS801A,PSS801A-S,PSS801AD,PSS801AD-S,PSS801B,PSS801B-S,PSS801BD,PSS801BD-S,PTL801A,PTL801AD,PTL801B,PTL801BD,PYB801,PYB801-S,PYB801D,PYB801D-S,PZB801,PZB801-S,PZB801D,PZB801D-S12: GPSA12,GPSA12D,PC1201,PC1201-S,PC1201D,PC1201D-S,PL1201,PL1201-S,PL1201D,PL1201D-S,PSA12,PSA12-S,PSA12D,PSA12D-S4; male RA PT1/8 / female RB PT1/8: PHF401,PHF401-S,PHF401D,PHF401D-S6; male RA PT1/8 / female RB PT1/8: PHF601,PHF601-S,PHF601D,PHF601D-S8; male RA PT1/8 / female RB PT1/8: PHF801,PHF801-S,PHF801D,PHF801D-Smain 6 / branch 4: PKD6-401,PKD6-401-S,PKD6-401D,PKD6-401D-S10 × 6.5: UE95A100065100MBU,US98A100065100MBU12 × 8: UE95A120080100MBU,US98A120080100MBU Match PT/G/NPT exactly. Use the specified thread seal or face gasket. Match tube OD and compression OD/ID; metric and inch sizes are not interchangeable. Use suitable soft nylon/PU tube and check seating, clearance, bends and flow. Tighten compression bodies by the hex, not tube nuts. Where listed: D is black, blank grey, -M miniature; -S denotes only the specified 304 stainless parts. PSA/GPSA are tube-side flow controls and need separate matching tube connections; they do not screw directly into P or W. PHF use male RA at the valve; female RB requires its own matching male thread and seal and is not a tube socket. Match both adapter ends to their separate mating parts. Branches join one circuit. Keep supply P and working A separate; do not bridge these paths. Standard push-in fittings and flow-control parts: ≤1 MPa, −20–70°C. Metal BPC/BPOC: ≤0.9 MPa; compression fittings/thread adapters: ≤1 MPa. The listed metal push-in, compression and adapter groups have a 0–150°C range, limiting the connected valve path to 0–70°C or narrower. Apply every stricter component limit; no system vacuum rating is established. This mechanically or manually operated S3 valve operates at 0–1 MPa and −20–70°C with 40 µm filtered air. Accessory limits may narrow that range; proof pressure is not working pressure. The piping choices are optional and ordered separately, and do not establish separately orderable panel-mounting or internal-part kits. Flow-control suffix A restricts thread→tube, with free reverse flow; suffix B reverses it. Supply normally flows tube→thread. At valve working port A, suffix A restricts flow to the actuator and suffix B the return; cylinder-mounted orientation differs. Follow the flow symbols, including PSA/GPSA. Closed controls are not leak-tight isolation. Adjust gently without forcing stops; depressurize before tube removal. Never cap an active supply or working connection. ASC is a separately connected upstream supply flow control, assigned to P only. Both female ports require matching male connections; follow its P/A markings. Its limits are 0.05–0.95 MPa and −20–70°C with ≤40 µm filtration. The complete valve path must meet these and every stricter component limit; the valve’s 0–1 MPa range does not extend the ASC rating. GAFR is a separately connected upstream supply filter/regulator, assigned to P only. Both female ports require matching male piping; follow IN→OUT and check total flow and bowl/environment suitability. Inlet ≤1 MPa; regulation 0.15–0.9 MPa; −5–70°C, nonfreezing. Apply every stricter valve/component limit. Listed GAFR S versions have a 40 µm filter, PC bowl, differential/manual drain, bracket and round snap-in gauge (MPa/psi), without a reverse-flow valve. Air lubrication is not required. If lubricated air is introduced, continue with consistent lubrication using ISO VG32 or equivalent oil. US98A/UE95A examples are separately ordered blue 100 m metric PU coils rated 1 MPa at 23°C. US98A: −20–70°C; UE95A: −40–70°C. Match OD/ID and derate as temperature rises within valve/component limits; 1 MPa is not assured throughout. Use inch tube where the selected connection requires it; metric tube is not a substitute. PTL recommended cap-adjustment torque: 1/8: 0.08 N·m. These are not thread-installation torques. Items marked discontinued are historical service references, not current standard recommendations. Confirm availability or a manufacturer-approved replacement. An unmarked catalogue entry does not promise current production, stock or delivery. All listed options are ordered separately.

  Read more less

  $15.21

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac S3 series: manually operated directional valve - S3PL06

  Specifications: S3PL06 is an AirTAC S3 control valve with 3 ports, 2 positions, a latching pushbutton with twist release actuator and PT 1/8 inch connections. The latching button is red, as specified for the blank color code. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Functional Alternative Statement Airtac S3 series valves are functional alternatives to SMC VM200 series valves. Model Code Explained Parameter Details Exact ordering code S3PL06 Series S3 3 ports, 2 positions; external direct mechanical control Control-head code PL Latching pushbutton with twist release Port-size code 06 PT 1/8 inch Thread option Blank = PT Blank color code Red latching button; the catalog lists no alternative PL color Technical Specifications Parameter Details Fluid Air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating method External direct acting Valve function 3 ports, 2 positions Selected control form latching pushbutton with twist release Working connection PT 1/8 inch Effective flow area 8.0 mm² Cv 0.45 Operating-pressure range 0–1.0 MPa (0–145 psi) Proof pressure 1.5 MPa (215 psi) Working temperature −20 to 70 °C Body material Aluminum alloy Lubrication Not required Features and Pneumatic Operation The shut-off/poppet construction provides internal sealing and sensitive directional switching without a lubrication requirement. The valve supports body mounting and the illustrated panel arrangements for the applicable control head. The selected control head is manually operated. The available head forms serve different operator controls; only the head encoded in this exact model is selected here. Lubrication is not required. If lubricated air is introduced, continue using the same lubrication medium without interruption; the catalog recommends ISO VG32 oil or an equivalent grade. Port letters identify P as the supply, A as the controlled outlet and R as exhaust. The graphical symbol in the PDF defines the exact flow paths for the selected actuator and valve position. Selected Operating Travel Parameter Details Valve-spool stroke 2.4–4.0 mm Button / roller / handle stroke 5.9–7.5 mm The listed stroke ranges are installation limits for the selected control form. Travel is not an added body dimension. Use the drawing orientation and do not drive the mechanism past its stated range. Installation, Travel Limits and Operation Mount the valve through the body fixing points or use the illustrated panel arrangement where the selected head permits it. Keep the body and head aligned and retain access to the pneumatic ports. The catalog does not state a general screw-tightening torque. Do not exceed the selected spool and actuator stroke ranges. Excess travel imposed by the external mechanism can cause leakage or damage. Engineering-plastic button components must be operated by hand and must not be struck with metal tools; the dedicated mechanical roller/plunger models are actuated by their intended external mechanism. This latching control is manually reset by rotating the button after it has been pressed into the latched position. Body and Mounting Dimensions The S3B body drawing supplies the base dimensions for the selected port size. A selected control head is shown separately; its dimensions are not a complete assembled-valve envelope. Drawing reference Value Drawing dimension A 30 mm Drawing dimension B 16.5 mm Drawing dimension C 47 mm Drawing dimension D 41 mm Drawing dimension KA 23 mm Drawing dimension KB 20.5 mm Drawing dimension PA 17.5 mm Drawing dimension PB 11.5 mm Drawing K M5 × 0.8; the illustration marks two K mounting positions Drawing P — two connection callouts PT 1/8 inch Selected Control Head and Replacement Reference The values below describe the selected actuator or control-head assembly. They are separate from the body drawing and must not be added indiscriminately to the body dimensions. Control-head drawing reference Value Head base width 36 mm Head base depth 30 mm Panel allowance reference 6 mm Panel mounting thread M22 × 1.25 Button diameter 36 mm Head height range in drawing 51.5–58.5 mm The S3 catalog explicitly lists control-head assembly S3PL05-P12A for this head family. The M3/S3 prefix on a shared replacement head is retained exactly; it does not change this valve’s S3 ordering code. This valve includes its selected actuator; a second head is not required for normal operation. Dimension Drawing Reminder All linear drawing values above are in millimeters unless a thread or angle unit is stated. The original drawings retain the dimension-arrow relationships, actuator orientations and port views that cannot be fully represented by a two-column table. For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal Components — Catalog Reference The sectioned illustration is labeled S3PM. Its numbered components are listed below as a series construction reference. This is not a spare-parts kit or an assertion that every actuator variation has an identical exploded assembly. Materials are stated only where the catalog expressly supplies them. Drawing item Component 1 Body 2 Bottom cover 3 Stopper plug 4 Valve core 5 Cross-head screw 6 Button pressing buckle 7 Spring 8 Clamping washer 9 Dust cover 10 Button cap 11 Main button body 12 Top cover 13 Button retaining ring 14 Clamping nut 15 Button holder 16 Button fixing connector 17 O-ring 18 Spring 19 Spring 20 O-ring Flow Characteristics The catalog flow chart for S3B-06 plots operating pressure in MPa on the vertical axis from 0 to 0.8, and flow in L/min on the horizontal axis from 0 to 900. The family of curves illustrates the pressure/flow relationship. Axis limits are graph bounds, not guaranteed rated flow values for this complete valve; use the supplied curve and the required pressure conditions. Supply Scope and Related Heads This ordering code identifies one valve with its selected control-head form. It does not encode a multiple-valve assembly, a spare head, a silencer, mounting-panel hardware or pneumatic tubing. Where the catalog lists a separately orderable head, its exact code is given above as a replacement reference; the source does not provide a screw/gasket quantity breakdown for a service kit. Series Ordering Options The S3 family offers B, C, D, Y, R, L and V heads; red-only PL; and PP, PF, PM and HS in red, green or black. Port options are M5, 06 (1/8 inch) and 08 (1/4 inch). The original linked ordering chart uses M5 for the metric complete-valve code, while some replacement-head and Chinese drawing labels use 05; those labels do not authorize changing this listing code. For 1/8 and 1/4 inch connections, a blank thread suffix means PT, G means G thread and T means NPT. M5 connections have no such thread suffix. These are series alternatives; the selected configuration is the one decoded above. Reference Weight Catalog reference weight: 112 g, from the S3PL row of the 2022 comprehensive catalog weight table (paper page 300). The catalog weight table identifies the control-head family without a port, color or thread suffix. This is that published family reference, not an independently measured weight for every option. The table states that weights are for reference only; actual weight is determined by the delivered product. This is not a measured or packaged shipping weight. Catalog Basis Technical information is taken from the linked S3 catalog and cross-checked against the 2022 comprehensive catalog, paper pages 140–142 (PDF pages 141–143). The paper-page-300 weight table is cited separately above. No unrelated series dimensions or weights are substituted. Optional Piping Accessories P = this S3 valve’s female supply connection (PT1/8); W = its female controlled working connection A (PT1/8). The body drawing’s 2-P callout gives the two connection sizes; K identifies mounting threads, not pneumatic ports. Keep supply and working circuits separate. Multiple keys retain each use. Tube OD is mm (in = inches); compression/tubing show OD × ID. These piping accessories are optional and ordered separately. Code-prefix uses (match the longest listed family prefix): ASC inline threaded flow control; BB male–male; BKC compression fitting; BPC metal straight; BPOC metal straight; GAFR upstream filter-regulator; GPSA/PSA inline flow control; PC straight; PEB branch tee; PED run tee; PH banjo elbow; PHF female branch banjo; PHW twin banjo; PKD reducing distribution fitting; PL elbow; PLL extended elbow; POC round straight; PSL elbow flow control; PSS flow control; PTL push-lock flow control; PYB Y; PZB cross; UE PU tube; US PU tube. Use Size / complete codes P ASC10006,GAFR20006S P,W male PT1/8 ↔ male PT1/8: BB0101,BB0101-Smale PT1/4 ↔ male PT1/8: BB0102,BB0102-Smale PT3/8 ↔ male PT1/8: BB0103,BB0103-S4 × 2.5: BKC0425-01,BKC0425-01-S,UE95A040025100MBU,US98A040025100MBU6 × 4: BKC0604-01,BKC0604-01-S,UE95A060040100MBU,US98A060040100MBU8 × 5: BKC0805-01,BKC0805-01-S,UE95A080050100MBU,US98A080050100MBU8 × 5.5 or 6: BKC0806-01,BKC0806-01-S10: BPC1001,GPSA10,GPSA10D,PC1001,PC1001-S,PC1001D,PC1001D-S,PEB1001,PEB1001-S,PEB1001D,PEB1001D-S,PED1001,PED1001-S,PED1001D,PED1001D-S,PL1001,PL1001-S,PL1001D,PL1001D-S,PLL1001,PLL1001-S,PLL1001D,PLL1001D-S,POC1001,POC1001-S,POC1001D,POC1001D-S,PSA10,PSA10-S,PSA10D,PSA10D-S,PYB1001,PYB1001-S,PYB1001D,PYB1001D-S4: BPC401,BPOC401,GPSA4,GPSA4D,PC401,PC401-M,PC401-S,PC401D,PC401D-M,PC401D-S,PEB401,PEB401-S,PEB401D,PEB401D-S,PED401,PED401-S,PED401D,PED401D-S,PH401,PH401-S,PH401D,PH401D-S,PHW401,PHW401-S,PHW401D,PHW401D-S,PL401,PL401-M,PL401-S,PL401D,PL401D-M,PL401D-S,PLL401,PLL401-S,PLL401D,PLL401D-S,POC401,POC401-S,POC401D,POC401D-S,PSA4,PSA4-S,PSA4D,PSA4D-S,PSL401A,PSL401A-S,PSL401AD,PSL401AD-S,PSL401B,PSL401B-S,PSL401BD,PSL401BD-S,PTL401A-M,PTL401AD-M,PTL401B-M,PTL401BD-M,PYB401,PYB401-S,PYB401D,PYB401D-S6: BPC601,BPOC601,GPSA6,GPSA6D,PC601,PC601-M,PC601-S,PC601D,PC601D-M,PC601D-S,PEB601,PEB601-S,PEB601D,PEB601D-S,PED601,PED601-S,PED601D,PED601D-S,PH601,PH601-S,PH601D,PH601D-S,PHW601,PHW601-S,PHW601D,PHW601D-S,PL601,PL601-M,PL601-S,PL601D,PL601D-M,PL601D-S,PLL601,PLL601-S,PLL601D,PLL601D-S,POC601,POC601-S,POC601D,POC601D-S,PSA6,PSA6-S,PSA6D,PSA6D-S,PSL601A,PSL601A-S,PSL601AD,PSL601AD-S,PSL601B,PSL601B-S,PSL601BD,PSL601BD-S,PSS601A,PSS601A-S,PSS601AD,PSS601AD-S,PSS601B,PSS601B-S,PSS601BD,PSS601BD-S,PTL601A,PTL601A-M,PTL601AD,PTL601AD-M,PTL601B,PTL601B-M,PTL601BD,PTL601BD-M,PYB601,PYB601-S,PYB601D,PYB601D-S,PZB601,PZB601-S,PZB601D,PZB601D-S8: BPC801,BPOC801,GPSA8,GPSA8D,PC801,PC801-S,PC801D,PC801D-S,PEB801,PEB801-S,PEB801D,PEB801D-S,PED801,PED801-S,PED801D,PED801D-S,PH801,PH801-S,PH801D,PH801D-S,PHW801,PHW801-S,PHW801D,PHW801D-S,PL801,PL801-S,PL801D,PL801D-S,PLL801,PLL801-S,PLL801D,PLL801D-S,POC801,POC801-S,POC801D,POC801D-S,PSA8,PSA8-S,PSA8D,PSA8D-S,PSL801A,PSL801A-S,PSL801AD,PSL801AD-S,PSL801B,PSL801B-S,PSL801BD,PSL801BD-S,PSS801A,PSS801A-S,PSS801AD,PSS801AD-S,PSS801B,PSS801B-S,PSS801BD,PSS801BD-S,PTL801A,PTL801AD,PTL801B,PTL801BD,PYB801,PYB801-S,PYB801D,PYB801D-S,PZB801,PZB801-S,PZB801D,PZB801D-S12: GPSA12,GPSA12D,PC1201,PC1201-S,PC1201D,PC1201D-S,PL1201,PL1201-S,PL1201D,PL1201D-S,PSA12,PSA12-S,PSA12D,PSA12D-S4; male RA PT1/8 / female RB PT1/8: PHF401,PHF401-S,PHF401D,PHF401D-S6; male RA PT1/8 / female RB PT1/8: PHF601,PHF601-S,PHF601D,PHF601D-S8; male RA PT1/8 / female RB PT1/8: PHF801,PHF801-S,PHF801D,PHF801D-Smain 6 / branch 4: PKD6-401,PKD6-401-S,PKD6-401D,PKD6-401D-S10 × 6.5: UE95A100065100MBU,US98A100065100MBU12 × 8: UE95A120080100MBU,US98A120080100MBU Match PT/G/NPT exactly. Use the specified thread seal or face gasket. Match tube OD and compression OD/ID; metric and inch sizes are not interchangeable. Use suitable soft nylon/PU tube and check seating, clearance, bends and flow. Tighten compression bodies by the hex, not tube nuts. Where listed: D is black, blank grey, -M miniature; -S denotes only the specified 304 stainless parts. PSA/GPSA are tube-side flow controls and need separate matching tube connections; they do not screw directly into P or W. PHF use male RA at the valve; female RB requires its own matching male thread and seal and is not a tube socket. Match both adapter ends to their separate mating parts. Branches join one circuit. Keep supply P and working A separate; do not bridge these paths. Standard push-in fittings and flow-control parts: ≤1 MPa, −20–70°C. Metal BPC/BPOC: ≤0.9 MPa; compression fittings/thread adapters: ≤1 MPa. The listed metal push-in, compression and adapter groups have a 0–150°C range, limiting the connected valve path to 0–70°C or narrower. Apply every stricter component limit; no system vacuum rating is established. This mechanically or manually operated S3 valve operates at 0–1 MPa and −20–70°C with 40 µm filtered air. Accessory limits may narrow that range; proof pressure is not working pressure. The piping choices are optional and ordered separately, and do not establish separately orderable panel-mounting or internal-part kits. Flow-control suffix A restricts thread→tube, with free reverse flow; suffix B reverses it. Supply normally flows tube→thread. At valve working port A, suffix A restricts flow to the actuator and suffix B the return; cylinder-mounted orientation differs. Follow the flow symbols, including PSA/GPSA. Closed controls are not leak-tight isolation. Adjust gently without forcing stops; depressurize before tube removal. Never cap an active supply or working connection. ASC is a separately connected upstream supply flow control, assigned to P only. Both female ports require matching male connections; follow its P/A markings. Its limits are 0.05–0.95 MPa and −20–70°C with ≤40 µm filtration. The complete valve path must meet these and every stricter component limit; the valve’s 0–1 MPa range does not extend the ASC rating. GAFR is a separately connected upstream supply filter/regulator, assigned to P only. Both female ports require matching male piping; follow IN→OUT and check total flow and bowl/environment suitability. Inlet ≤1 MPa; regulation 0.15–0.9 MPa; −5–70°C, nonfreezing. Apply every stricter valve/component limit. Listed GAFR S versions have a 40 µm filter, PC bowl, differential/manual drain, bracket and round snap-in gauge (MPa/psi), without a reverse-flow valve. Air lubrication is not required. If lubricated air is introduced, continue with consistent lubrication using ISO VG32 or equivalent oil. US98A/UE95A examples are separately ordered blue 100 m metric PU coils rated 1 MPa at 23°C. US98A: −20–70°C; UE95A: −40–70°C. Match OD/ID and derate as temperature rises within valve/component limits; 1 MPa is not assured throughout. Use inch tube where the selected connection requires it; metric tube is not a substitute. PTL recommended cap-adjustment torque: 1/8: 0.08 N·m. These are not thread-installation torques. Items marked discontinued are historical service references, not current standard recommendations. Confirm availability or a manufacturer-approved replacement. An unmarked catalogue entry does not promise current production, stock or delivery. All listed options are ordered separately.

  Read more less

  $21.10

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac S3 series: manually operated directional valve - S3PM06RG

  Specifications: S3PM06RG is an AirTAC S3 control valve with 3 ports, 2 positions, a mushroom pushbutton actuator and G 1/8 inch connections. Button/selector color R is red. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Functional Alternative Statement Airtac S3 series valves are functional alternatives to SMC VM200 series valves. Model Code Explained Parameter Details Exact ordering code S3PM06RG Series S3 3 ports, 2 positions; external direct mechanical control Control-head code PM Mushroom pushbutton Port-size code 06 G 1/8 inch Thread option G = G Color code R Red Technical Specifications Parameter Details Fluid Air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating method External direct acting Valve function 3 ports, 2 positions Selected control form mushroom pushbutton Working connection G 1/8 inch Effective flow area 8.0 mm² Cv 0.45 Operating-pressure range 0–1.0 MPa (0–145 psi) Proof pressure 1.5 MPa (215 psi) Working temperature −20 to 70 °C Body material Aluminum alloy Lubrication Not required Features and Pneumatic Operation The shut-off/poppet construction provides internal sealing and sensitive directional switching without a lubrication requirement. The valve supports body mounting and the illustrated panel arrangements for the applicable control head. The selected control head is manually operated. The available head forms serve different operator controls; only the head encoded in this exact model is selected here. Lubrication is not required. If lubricated air is introduced, continue using the same lubrication medium without interruption; the catalog recommends ISO VG32 oil or an equivalent grade. Port letters identify P as the supply, A as the controlled outlet and R as exhaust. The graphical symbol in the PDF defines the exact flow paths for the selected actuator and valve position. Selected Operating Travel Parameter Details Valve-spool stroke 2.4–4.0 mm Button / roller / handle stroke 3.8–5.4 mm The listed stroke ranges are installation limits for the selected control form. Travel is not an added body dimension. Use the drawing orientation and do not drive the mechanism past its stated range. Installation, Travel Limits and Operation Mount the valve through the body fixing points or use the illustrated panel arrangement where the selected head permits it. Keep the body and head aligned and retain access to the pneumatic ports. The catalog does not state a general screw-tightening torque. Do not exceed the selected spool and actuator stroke ranges. Excess travel imposed by the external mechanism can cause leakage or damage. Engineering-plastic button components must be operated by hand and must not be struck with metal tools; the dedicated mechanical roller/plunger models are actuated by their intended external mechanism. The spring-return symbol and the installation notes identify an automatically returning actuation arrangement. Allow the actuator to return freely after releasing the operating force. Body and Mounting Dimensions The S3B body drawing supplies the base dimensions for the selected port size. A selected control head is shown separately; its dimensions are not a complete assembled-valve envelope. Drawing reference Value Drawing dimension A 30 mm Drawing dimension B 16.5 mm Drawing dimension C 47 mm Drawing dimension D 41 mm Drawing dimension KA 23 mm Drawing dimension KB 20.5 mm Drawing dimension PA 17.5 mm Drawing dimension PB 11.5 mm Drawing K M5 × 0.8; the illustration marks two K mounting positions Drawing P — two connection callouts G 1/8 inch Selected Control Head and Replacement Reference The values below describe the selected actuator or control-head assembly. They are separate from the body drawing and must not be added indiscriminately to the body dimensions. Control-head drawing reference Value Head base width 36 mm Head base depth 30 mm Panel allowance reference 6 mm Panel mounting thread M22 × 1.25 Button diameter 36 mm Head height reference 54 mm The S3 catalog explicitly lists control-head assembly S3PM05-P12A for this head family. The M3/S3 prefix on a shared replacement head is retained exactly; it does not change this valve’s S3 ordering code. This valve includes its selected actuator; a second head is not required for normal operation. Dimension Drawing Reminder All linear drawing values above are in millimeters unless a thread or angle unit is stated. The original drawings retain the dimension-arrow relationships, actuator orientations and port views that cannot be fully represented by a two-column table. For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal Components — Catalog Reference The sectioned illustration is labeled S3PM. Its numbered components are listed below as a series construction reference. This is not a spare-parts kit or an assertion that every actuator variation has an identical exploded assembly. Materials are stated only where the catalog expressly supplies them. Drawing item Component 1 Body 2 Bottom cover 3 Stopper plug 4 Valve core 5 Cross-head screw 6 Button pressing buckle 7 Spring 8 Clamping washer 9 Dust cover 10 Button cap 11 Main button body 12 Top cover 13 Button retaining ring 14 Clamping nut 15 Button holder 16 Button fixing connector 17 O-ring 18 Spring 19 Spring 20 O-ring Flow Characteristics The catalog flow chart for S3B-06 plots operating pressure in MPa on the vertical axis from 0 to 0.8, and flow in L/min on the horizontal axis from 0 to 900. The family of curves illustrates the pressure/flow relationship. Axis limits are graph bounds, not guaranteed rated flow values for this complete valve; use the supplied curve and the required pressure conditions. Supply Scope and Related Heads This ordering code identifies one valve with its selected control-head form. It does not encode a multiple-valve assembly, a spare head, a silencer, mounting-panel hardware or pneumatic tubing. Where the catalog lists a separately orderable head, its exact code is given above as a replacement reference; the source does not provide a screw/gasket quantity breakdown for a service kit. Series Ordering Options The S3 family offers B, C, D, Y, R, L and V heads; red-only PL; and PP, PF, PM and HS in red, green or black. Port options are M5, 06 (1/8 inch) and 08 (1/4 inch). The original linked ordering chart uses M5 for the metric complete-valve code, while some replacement-head and Chinese drawing labels use 05; those labels do not authorize changing this listing code. For 1/8 and 1/4 inch connections, a blank thread suffix means PT, G means G thread and T means NPT. M5 connections have no such thread suffix. These are series alternatives; the selected configuration is the one decoded above. Reference Weight Catalog reference weight: 78 g, from the S3PM row of the 2022 comprehensive catalog weight table (paper page 300). The catalog weight table identifies the control-head family without a port, color or thread suffix. This is that published family reference, not an independently measured weight for every option. The table states that weights are for reference only; actual weight is determined by the delivered product. This is not a measured or packaged shipping weight. Catalog Basis Technical information is taken from the linked S3 catalog and cross-checked against the 2022 comprehensive catalog, paper pages 140–142 (PDF pages 141–143). The paper-page-300 weight table is cited separately above. No unrelated series dimensions or weights are substituted. Matching Accessory Codes and Conditions Item Complete codes and use PM replacement heads (green/red/black) These are optional replacement mushroom pushbutton heads for the same S3 PM head form on the M5, 06 or 08 body. Replacement-head suffixes -P11A, -P12A and -P13A mean green, red and black, respectively. The valve already includes its selected red head; order a spare separately only when needed. Retain the selected head form and follow the operating-travel, reset and mounting instructions above. These are control-head assemblies, not complete valves.S3PM05-P11A,S3PM05-P13A Optional Piping Accessories P = this S3 valve’s female supply connection (G1/8); W = its female controlled working connection A (G1/8). The body drawing’s 2-P callout gives the two connection sizes; K identifies mounting threads, not pneumatic ports. Keep supply and working circuits separate. Multiple keys retain each use. Tube OD is mm (in = inches); compression/tubing show OD × ID. These piping accessories are optional and ordered separately. Code-prefix uses (match the longest listed family prefix): ASC inline threaded flow control; GAFR upstream filter-regulator; GBB male–male; GBKC compression fitting; GBPC metal straight; GPC straight; GPEB branch tee; GPED run tee; GPH banjo elbow; GPHF female branch banjo; GPHW twin banjo; GPKD reducing distribution fitting; GPL elbow; GPLL extended elbow; GPSA/PSA inline flow control; GPSS flow control; GPTL push-lock flow control; GPYB Y; GPZB cross; UE PU tube; US PU tube. Use Size / complete codes P ASC10006G,GAFR20006SG P,W male G1/8 ↔ male G1/8: GBB0101male G1/4 ↔ male G1/8: GBB0102male G3/8 ↔ male G1/8: GBB01034 × 2.5: GBKC0425-01,UE95A040025100MBU,US98A040025100MBU6 × 4: GBKC0604-01,UE95A060040100MBU,US98A060040100MBU8 × 5: GBKC0805-01,UE95A080050100MBU,US98A080050100MBU8 × 5.5 or 6: GBKC0806-0110: GBPC1001,GPC1001,GPC1001D,GPEB1001,GPEB1001D,GPED1001,GPED1001D,GPL1001,GPL1001D,GPLL1001,GPLL1001D,GPSA10,GPSA10D,GPYB1001,GPYB1001D,PSA10,PSA10-S,PSA10D,PSA10D-S4: GBPC401,GPC401-M,GPC401D-M,GPEB401,GPEB401D,GPED401,GPED401D,GPH401,GPH401D,GPHW401,GPHW401D,GPL401-M,GPL401D-M,GPLL401,GPLL401D,GPSA4,GPSA4D,GPYB401,GPYB401D,PSA4,PSA4-S,PSA4D,PSA4D-S6: GBPC601,GPC601,GPC601-M,GPC601D,GPC601D-M,GPEB601,GPEB601D,GPED601,GPED601D,GPH601,GPH601D,GPHW601,GPHW601D,GPL601,GPL601-M,GPL601D,GPL601D-M,GPLL601,GPLL601D,GPSA6,GPSA6D,GPSS601A,GPSS601AD,GPSS601B,GPSS601BD,GPTL601A,GPTL601AD,GPTL601B,GPTL601BD,GPYB601,GPYB601D,GPZB601,GPZB601D,PSA6,PSA6-S,PSA6D,PSA6D-S8: GBPC801,GPC801,GPC801D,GPEB801,GPEB801D,GPED801,GPED801D,GPH801,GPH801D,GPHW801,GPHW801D,GPL801,GPL801D,GPLL801,GPLL801D,GPSA8,GPSA8D,GPSS801A,GPSS801AD,GPSS801B,GPSS801BD,GPTL801A,GPTL801AD,GPTL801B,GPTL801BD,GPYB801,GPYB801D,GPZB801,GPZB801D,PSA8,PSA8-S,PSA8D,PSA8D-S12: GPC1201,GPC1201D,GPL1201,GPL1201D,GPSA12,GPSA12D,PSA12,PSA12-S,PSA12D,PSA12D-S4; male RA G1/8 / female RB G1/8: GPHF401,GPHF401D6; male RA G1/8 / female RB G1/8: GPHF601,GPHF601D8; male RA G1/8 / female RB G1/8: GPHF801,GPHF801Dmain 6 / branch 4: GPKD6-401,GPKD6-401D10 × 6.5: UE95A100065100MBU,US98A100065100MBU12 × 8: UE95A120080100MBU,US98A120080100MBU Match PT/G/NPT exactly. Use the specified thread seal or face gasket. Match tube OD and compression OD/ID; metric and inch sizes are not interchangeable. Use suitable soft nylon/PU tube and check seating, clearance, bends and flow. Tighten compression bodies by the hex, not tube nuts. Where listed: D is black, blank grey, -M miniature; -S denotes only the specified 304 stainless parts. PSA/GPSA are tube-side flow controls and need separate matching tube connections; they do not screw directly into P or W. GPHF use male RA at the valve; female RB requires its own matching male thread and seal and is not a tube socket. Match both adapter ends to their separate mating parts. Branches join one circuit. Keep supply P and working A separate; do not bridge these paths. Standard push-in fittings and flow-control parts: ≤1 MPa, −20–70°C. Metal GBPC: ≤0.9 MPa; compression fittings/thread adapters: ≤1 MPa. The listed metal push-in, compression and adapter groups have a 0–150°C range, limiting the connected valve path to 0–70°C or narrower. Apply every stricter component limit; no system vacuum rating is established. This mechanically or manually operated S3 valve operates at 0–1 MPa and −20–70°C with 40 µm filtered air. Accessory limits may narrow that range; proof pressure is not working pressure. The piping choices are optional and ordered separately, and do not establish separately orderable panel-mounting or internal-part kits. Flow-control suffix A restricts thread→tube, with free reverse flow; suffix B reverses it. Supply normally flows tube→thread. At valve working port A, suffix A restricts flow to the actuator and suffix B the return; cylinder-mounted orientation differs. Follow the flow symbols, including PSA/GPSA. Closed controls are not leak-tight isolation. Adjust gently without forcing stops; depressurize before tube removal. Never cap an active supply or working connection. ASC is a separately connected upstream supply flow control, assigned to P only. Both female ports require matching male connections; follow its P/A markings. Its limits are 0.05–0.95 MPa and −20–70°C with ≤40 µm filtration. The complete valve path must meet these and every stricter component limit; the valve’s 0–1 MPa range does not extend the ASC rating. GAFR is a separately connected upstream supply filter/regulator, assigned to P only. Both female ports require matching male piping; follow IN→OUT and check total flow and bowl/environment suitability. Inlet ≤1 MPa; regulation 0.15–0.9 MPa; −5–70°C, nonfreezing. Apply every stricter valve/component limit. Listed GAFR S versions have a 40 µm filter, PC bowl, differential/manual drain, bracket and round snap-in gauge (bar/MPa), without a reverse-flow valve. Air lubrication is not required. If lubricated air is introduced, continue with consistent lubrication using ISO VG32 or equivalent oil. US98A/UE95A examples are separately ordered blue 100 m metric PU coils rated 1 MPa at 23°C. US98A: −20–70°C; UE95A: −40–70°C. Match OD/ID and derate as temperature rises within valve/component limits; 1 MPa is not assured throughout. Use inch tube where the selected connection requires it; metric tube is not a substitute. GPTL recommended cap-adjustment torque: 1/8: 0.08 N·m. These are not thread-installation torques. Items marked discontinued are historical service references, not current standard recommendations. Confirm availability or a manufacturer-approved replacement. An unmarked catalogue entry does not promise current production, stock or delivery. All listed options are ordered separately.

  Read more less

  $19.32

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac S3 series: manually operated directional valve - S3PM08R

  Specifications: S3PM08R is an AirTAC S3 control valve with 3 ports, 2 positions, a mushroom pushbutton actuator and PT 1/4 inch connections. Button/selector color R is red. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Functional Alternative Statement Airtac S3 series valves are functional alternatives to SMC VM200 series valves. Model Code Explained Parameter Details Exact ordering code S3PM08R Series S3 3 ports, 2 positions; external direct mechanical control Control-head code PM Mushroom pushbutton Port-size code 08 PT 1/4 inch Thread option Blank = PT Color code R Red Technical Specifications Parameter Details Fluid Air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating method External direct acting Valve function 3 ports, 2 positions Selected control form mushroom pushbutton Working connection PT 1/4 inch Effective flow area 12.0 mm² Cv 0.67 Operating-pressure range 0–1.0 MPa (0–145 psi) Proof pressure 1.5 MPa (215 psi) Working temperature −20 to 70 °C Body material Aluminum alloy Lubrication Not required Features and Pneumatic Operation The shut-off/poppet construction provides internal sealing and sensitive directional switching without a lubrication requirement. The valve supports body mounting and the illustrated panel arrangements for the applicable control head. The selected control head is manually operated. The available head forms serve different operator controls; only the head encoded in this exact model is selected here. Lubrication is not required. If lubricated air is introduced, continue using the same lubrication medium without interruption; the catalog recommends ISO VG32 oil or an equivalent grade. Port letters identify P as the supply, A as the controlled outlet and R as exhaust. The graphical symbol in the PDF defines the exact flow paths for the selected actuator and valve position. Selected Operating Travel Parameter Details Valve-spool stroke 2.4–4.0 mm Button / roller / handle stroke 3.8–5.4 mm The listed stroke ranges are installation limits for the selected control form. Travel is not an added body dimension. Use the drawing orientation and do not drive the mechanism past its stated range. Installation, Travel Limits and Operation Mount the valve through the body fixing points or use the illustrated panel arrangement where the selected head permits it. Keep the body and head aligned and retain access to the pneumatic ports. The catalog does not state a general screw-tightening torque. Do not exceed the selected spool and actuator stroke ranges. Excess travel imposed by the external mechanism can cause leakage or damage. Engineering-plastic button components must be operated by hand and must not be struck with metal tools; the dedicated mechanical roller/plunger models are actuated by their intended external mechanism. The spring-return symbol and the installation notes identify an automatically returning actuation arrangement. Allow the actuator to return freely after releasing the operating force. Body and Mounting Dimensions The S3B body drawing supplies the base dimensions for the selected port size. A selected control head is shown separately; its dimensions are not a complete assembled-valve envelope. Drawing reference Value Drawing dimension A 34 mm Drawing dimension B 17.5 mm Drawing dimension C 52 mm Drawing dimension D 46 mm Drawing dimension KA 24 mm Drawing dimension KB 22.5 mm Drawing dimension PA 21 mm Drawing dimension PB 12 mm Drawing K M5 × 0.8; the illustration marks two K mounting positions Drawing P — two connection callouts PT 1/4 inch Selected Control Head and Replacement Reference The values below describe the selected actuator or control-head assembly. They are separate from the body drawing and must not be added indiscriminately to the body dimensions. Control-head drawing reference Value Head base width 36 mm Head base depth 30 mm Panel allowance reference 6 mm Panel mounting thread M22 × 1.25 Button diameter 36 mm Head height reference 54 mm The S3 catalog explicitly lists control-head assembly S3PM05-P12A for this head family. The M3/S3 prefix on a shared replacement head is retained exactly; it does not change this valve’s S3 ordering code. This valve includes its selected actuator; a second head is not required for normal operation. Dimension Drawing Reminder All linear drawing values above are in millimeters unless a thread or angle unit is stated. The original drawings retain the dimension-arrow relationships, actuator orientations and port views that cannot be fully represented by a two-column table. For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal Components — Catalog Reference The sectioned illustration is labeled S3PM. Its numbered components are listed below as a series construction reference. This is not a spare-parts kit or an assertion that every actuator variation has an identical exploded assembly. Materials are stated only where the catalog expressly supplies them. Drawing item Component 1 Body 2 Bottom cover 3 Stopper plug 4 Valve core 5 Cross-head screw 6 Button pressing buckle 7 Spring 8 Clamping washer 9 Dust cover 10 Button cap 11 Main button body 12 Top cover 13 Button retaining ring 14 Clamping nut 15 Button holder 16 Button fixing connector 17 O-ring 18 Spring 19 Spring 20 O-ring Flow Characteristics The catalog flow chart for S3B-08 plots operating pressure in MPa on the vertical axis from 0 to 0.8, and flow in L/min on the horizontal axis from 0 to 1200. The family of curves illustrates the pressure/flow relationship. Axis limits are graph bounds, not guaranteed rated flow values for this complete valve; use the supplied curve and the required pressure conditions. Supply Scope and Related Heads This ordering code identifies one valve with its selected control-head form. It does not encode a multiple-valve assembly, a spare head, a silencer, mounting-panel hardware or pneumatic tubing. Where the catalog lists a separately orderable head, its exact code is given above as a replacement reference; the source does not provide a screw/gasket quantity breakdown for a service kit. Series Ordering Options The S3 family offers B, C, D, Y, R, L and V heads; red-only PL; and PP, PF, PM and HS in red, green or black. Port options are M5, 06 (1/8 inch) and 08 (1/4 inch). The original linked ordering chart uses M5 for the metric complete-valve code, while some replacement-head and Chinese drawing labels use 05; those labels do not authorize changing this listing code. For 1/8 and 1/4 inch connections, a blank thread suffix means PT, G means G thread and T means NPT. M5 connections have no such thread suffix. These are series alternatives; the selected configuration is the one decoded above. Reference Weight Catalog reference weight: 78 g, from the S3PM row of the 2022 comprehensive catalog weight table (paper page 300). The catalog weight table identifies the control-head family without a port, color or thread suffix. This is that published family reference, not an independently measured weight for every option. The table states that weights are for reference only; actual weight is determined by the delivered product. This is not a measured or packaged shipping weight. Catalog Basis Technical information is taken from the linked S3 catalog and cross-checked against the 2022 comprehensive catalog, paper pages 140–142 (PDF pages 141–143). The paper-page-300 weight table is cited separately above. No unrelated series dimensions or weights are substituted. Matching Accessory Codes and Conditions Item Complete codes and use PM replacement heads (green/red/black) These are optional replacement mushroom pushbutton heads for the same S3 PM head form on the M5, 06 or 08 body. Replacement-head suffixes -P11A, -P12A and -P13A mean green, red and black, respectively. The valve already includes its selected red head; order a spare separately only when needed. Retain the selected head form and follow the operating-travel, reset and mounting instructions above. These are control-head assemblies, not complete valves.S3PM05-P11A,S3PM05-P13A Optional Piping Accessories P = this S3 valve’s female supply connection (PT1/4); W = its female controlled working connection A (PT1/4). The body drawing’s 2-P callout gives the two connection sizes; K identifies mounting threads, not pneumatic ports. Keep supply and working circuits separate. Multiple keys retain each use. Tube OD is mm (in = inches); compression/tubing show OD × ID. These piping accessories are optional and ordered separately. Code-prefix uses (match the longest listed family prefix): ASC inline threaded flow control; BB male–male; BD male–female; BKC compression fitting; BPC metal straight; BPOC metal straight; GAFR upstream filter-regulator; GPSA/PSA inline flow control; PC straight; PEB branch tee; PED run tee; PH banjo elbow; PHF female branch banjo; PHW twin banjo; PKD reducing distribution fitting; PL elbow; PLL extended elbow; POC round straight; PSL elbow flow control; PSS flow control; PTL push-lock flow control; PYB Y; PZB cross; UE PU tube; US PU tube. Use Size / complete codes P ASC20008,GAFR20008S,GAFR30008S P,W male PT1/4 ↔ male PT1/8: BB0102,BB0102-Smale PT1/4 ↔ male PT1/4: BB0202,BB0202-Smale PT3/8 ↔ male PT1/4: BB0203,BB0203-Smale PT1/2 ↔ male PT1/4: BB0204,BB0204-Smale PT1/4 ↔ female PT1/8: BD0102,BD0102-S6 × 4: BKC0604-02,BKC0604-02-S,UE95A060040100MBU,US98A060040100MBU8 × 5: BKC0805-02,BKC0805-02-S,UE95A080050100MBU,US98A080050100MBU8 × 5.5 or 6: BKC0806-02,BKC0806-02-S10 × 6.5: BKC1065-02,BKC1065-02-S,UE95A100065100MBU,US98A100065100MBU10 × 7.5 or 8: BKC1075-02,BKC1075-02-S12 × 8: BKC1208-02,BKC1208-02-S,UE95A120080100MBU,US98A120080100MBU12 × 9 or 10: BKC1209-02,BKC1209-02-S10: BPC1002,BPOC1002,GPSA10,GPSA10D,PC1002,PC1002-S,PC1002D,PC1002D-S,PEB1002,PEB1002-S,PEB1002D,PEB1002D-S,PED1002,PED1002-S,PED1002D,PED1002D-S,PH1002,PH1002-S,PH1002D,PH1002D-S,PHW1002,PHW1002-S,PHW1002D,PHW1002D-S,PL1002,PL1002-S,PL1002D,PL1002D-S,PLL1002,PLL1002-S,PLL1002D,PLL1002D-S,POC1002,POC1002-S,POC1002D,POC1002D-S,PSA10,PSA10-S,PSA10D,PSA10D-S,PSL1002A,PSL1002A-S,PSL1002AD,PSL1002AD-S,PSL1002B,PSL1002B-S,PSL1002BD,PSL1002BD-S,PSS1002A,PSS1002A-S,PSS1002AD,PSS1002AD-S,PSS1002B,PSS1002B-S,PSS1002BD,PSS1002BD-S,PTL1002A,PTL1002AD,PTL1002B,PTL1002BD,PYB1002,PYB1002-S,PYB1002D,PYB1002D-S,PZB1002,PZB1002-S,PZB1002D,PZB1002D-S12: BPC1202,GPSA12,GPSA12D,PC1202,PC1202-S,PC1202D,PC1202D-S,PEB1202,PEB1202-S,PEB1202D,PEB1202D-S,PED1202,PED1202-S,PED1202D,PED1202D-S,PL1202,PL1202-S,PL1202D,PL1202D-S,PLL1202,PLL1202-S,PLL1202D,PLL1202D-S,POC1202,POC1202-S,POC1202D,POC1202D-S,PSA12,PSA12-S,PSA12D,PSA12D-S,PYB1202,PYB1202-S,PYB1202D,PYB1202D-S4: BPC402,GPSA4,GPSA4D,PC402,PC402-S,PC402D,PC402D-S,PEB402,PEB402-S,PEB402D,PEB402D-S,PED402,PED402-S,PED402D,PED402D-S,PL402,PL402-S,PL402D,PL402D-S,PLL402,PLL402-S,PLL402D,PLL402D-S,POC402,POC402-S,POC402D,POC402D-S,PSA4,PSA4-S,PSA4D,PSA4D-S,PYB402,PYB402-S,PYB402D,PYB402D-S6: BPC602,BPOC602,GPSA6,GPSA6D,PC602,PC602-S,PC602D,PC602D-S,PEB602,PEB602-S,PEB602D,PEB602D-S,PED602,PED602-S,PED602D,PED602D-S,PH602,PH602-S,PH602D,PH602D-S,PHW602,PHW602-S,PHW602D,PHW602D-S,PL602,PL602-S,PL602D,PL602D-S,PLL602,PLL602-S,PLL602D,PLL602D-S,POC602,POC602-S,POC602D,POC602D-S,PSA6,PSA6-S,PSA6D,PSA6D-S,PSL602A,PSL602A-S,PSL602AD,PSL602AD-S,PSL602B,PSL602B-S,PSL602BD,PSL602BD-S,PSS602A,PSS602A-S,PSS602AD,PSS602AD-S,PSS602B,PSS602B-S,PSS602BD,PSS602BD-S,PTL602A,PTL602AD,PTL602B,PTL602BD,PYB602,PYB602-S,PYB602D,PYB602D-S,PZB602,PZB602-S,PZB602D,PZB602D-S8: BPC802,BPOC802,GPSA8,GPSA8D,PC802,PC802-S,PC802D,PC802D-S,PEB802,PEB802-S,PEB802D,PEB802D-S,PED802,PED802-S,PED802D,PED802D-S,PH802,PH802-S,PH802D,PH802D-S,PHW802,PHW802-S,PHW802D,PHW802D-S,PL802,PL802-S,PL802D,PL802D-S,PLL802,PLL802-S,PLL802D,PLL802D-S,POC802,POC802-S,POC802D,POC802D-S,PSA8,PSA8-S,PSA8D,PSA8D-S,PSL802A,PSL802A-S,PSL802AD,PSL802AD-S,PSL802B,PSL802B-S,PSL802BD,PSL802BD-S,PSS802A,PSS802A-S,PSS802AD,PSS802AD-S,PSS802B,PSS802B-S,PSS802BD,PSS802BD-S,PTL802A,PTL802AD,PTL802B,PTL802BD,PYB802,PYB802-S,PYB802D,PYB802D-S,PZB802,PZB802-S,PZB802D,PZB802D-S10; male RA PT1/4 / female RB PT1/4: PHF1002,PHF1002-S,PHF1002D,PHF1002D-S6; male RA PT1/4 / female RB PT1/4: PHF602,PHF602-S,PHF602D,PHF602D-S8; male RA PT1/4 / female RB PT1/4: PHF802,PHF802-S,PHF802D,PHF802D-Smain 8 / branch 6: PKD8-602,PKD8-602-S,PKD8-602D,PKD8-602D-S4 × 2.5: UE95A040025100MBU,US98A040025100MBU Match PT/G/NPT exactly. Use the specified thread seal or face gasket. Match tube OD and compression OD/ID; metric and inch sizes are not interchangeable. Use suitable soft nylon/PU tube and check seating, clearance, bends and flow. Tighten compression bodies by the hex, not tube nuts. Where listed: D is black, blank grey, -M miniature; -S denotes only the specified 304 stainless parts. PSA/GPSA are tube-side flow controls and need separate matching tube connections; they do not screw directly into P or W. PHF use male RA at the valve; female RB requires its own matching male thread and seal and is not a tube socket. Match both adapter ends to their separate mating parts. Branches join one circuit. Keep supply P and working A separate; do not bridge these paths. Standard push-in fittings and flow-control parts: ≤1 MPa, −20–70°C. Metal BPC/BPOC: ≤0.9 MPa; compression fittings/thread adapters: ≤1 MPa. The listed metal push-in, compression and adapter groups have a 0–150°C range, limiting the connected valve path to 0–70°C or narrower. Apply every stricter component limit; no system vacuum rating is established. This mechanically or manually operated S3 valve operates at 0–1 MPa and −20–70°C with 40 µm filtered air. Accessory limits may narrow that range; proof pressure is not working pressure. The piping choices are optional and ordered separately, and do not establish separately orderable panel-mounting or internal-part kits. Flow-control suffix A restricts thread→tube, with free reverse flow; suffix B reverses it. Supply normally flows tube→thread. At valve working port A, suffix A restricts flow to the actuator and suffix B the return; cylinder-mounted orientation differs. Follow the flow symbols, including PSA/GPSA. Closed controls are not leak-tight isolation. Adjust gently without forcing stops; depressurize before tube removal. Never cap an active supply or working connection. ASC is a separately connected upstream supply flow control, assigned to P only. Both female ports require matching male connections; follow its P/A markings. Its limits are 0.05–0.95 MPa and −20–70°C with ≤40 µm filtration. The complete valve path must meet these and every stricter component limit; the valve’s 0–1 MPa range does not extend the ASC rating. GAFR is a separately connected upstream supply filter/regulator, assigned to P only. Both female ports require matching male piping; follow IN→OUT and check total flow and bowl/environment suitability. Inlet ≤1 MPa; regulation 0.15–0.9 MPa; −5–70°C, nonfreezing. Apply every stricter valve/component limit. Listed GAFR S versions have a 40 µm filter, PC bowl, differential/manual drain, bracket and round snap-in gauge (MPa/psi), without a reverse-flow valve. Air lubrication is not required. If lubricated air is introduced, continue with consistent lubrication using ISO VG32 or equivalent oil. US98A/UE95A examples are separately ordered blue 100 m metric PU coils rated 1 MPa at 23°C. US98A: −20–70°C; UE95A: −40–70°C. Match OD/ID and derate as temperature rises within valve/component limits; 1 MPa is not assured throughout. Use inch tube where the selected connection requires it; metric tube is not a substitute. PTL recommended cap-adjustment torque: 1/4: 0.16 N·m. These are not thread-installation torques. Items marked discontinued are historical service references, not current standard recommendations. Confirm availability or a manufacturer-approved replacement. An unmarked catalogue entry does not promise current production, stock or delivery. All listed options are ordered separately.

  Read more less

  $22.19

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac S3 series: manually operated directional valve - S3C06T

  Specifications: S3C06T is an AirTAC S3 control valve with 3 ports, 2 positions, a long hand lever actuator and NPT 1/8 inch connections. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Functional Alternative Statement Airtac S3 series valves are functional alternatives to SMC VM200 series valves. Model Code Explained Parameter Details Exact ordering code S3C06T Series S3 3 ports, 2 positions; external direct mechanical control Control-head code C Long hand lever Port-size code 06 NPT 1/8 inch Thread option T = NPT Color suffix Not used for this control-head type Technical Specifications Parameter Details Fluid Air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating method External direct acting Valve function 3 ports, 2 positions Selected control form long hand lever Working connection NPT 1/8 inch Effective flow area 8.0 mm² Cv 0.45 Operating-pressure range 0–1.0 MPa (0–145 psi) Proof pressure 1.5 MPa (215 psi) Working temperature −20 to 70 °C Body material Aluminum alloy Lubrication Not required Features and Pneumatic Operation The shut-off/poppet construction provides internal sealing and sensitive directional switching without a lubrication requirement. The valve supports body mounting and the illustrated panel arrangements for the applicable control head. The selected control head is manually operated. The available head forms serve different operator controls; only the head encoded in this exact model is selected here. The catalog identifies this control-head family as using a metal mechanism for durability and stable operation. That statement does not assign an unspecified material to every internal component. Lubrication is not required. If lubricated air is introduced, continue using the same lubrication medium without interruption; the catalog recommends ISO VG32 oil or an equivalent grade. Port letters identify P as the supply, A as the controlled outlet and R as exhaust. The graphical symbol in the PDF defines the exact flow paths for the selected actuator and valve position. Selected Operating Travel Parameter Details Valve-spool stroke 2.4–3.8 mm Button / roller / handle stroke 14.4–18.4 mm The listed stroke ranges are installation limits for the selected control form. Travel is not an added body dimension. Use the drawing orientation and do not drive the mechanism past its stated range. Installation, Travel Limits and Operation Mount the valve through the body fixing points or use the illustrated panel arrangement where the selected head permits it. Keep the body and head aligned and retain access to the pneumatic ports. The catalog does not state a general screw-tightening torque. Do not exceed the selected spool and actuator stroke ranges. Excess travel imposed by the external mechanism can cause leakage or damage. Engineering-plastic button components must be operated by hand and must not be struck with metal tools; the dedicated mechanical roller/plunger models are actuated by their intended external mechanism. The spring-return symbol and the installation notes identify an automatically returning actuation arrangement. Allow the actuator to return freely after releasing the operating force. Body and Mounting Dimensions The S3B body drawing supplies the base dimensions for the selected port size. A selected control head is shown separately; its dimensions are not a complete assembled-valve envelope. Drawing reference Value Drawing dimension A 30 mm Drawing dimension B 16.5 mm Drawing dimension C 47 mm Drawing dimension D 41 mm Drawing dimension KA 23 mm Drawing dimension KB 20.5 mm Drawing dimension PA 17.5 mm Drawing dimension PB 11.5 mm Drawing K M5 × 0.8; the illustration marks two K mounting positions Drawing P — two connection callouts NPT 1/8 inch Selected Control Head and Replacement Reference The values below describe the selected actuator or control-head assembly. They are separate from the body drawing and must not be added indiscriminately to the body dimensions. Control-head drawing reference Value Handle length reference 81 mm Mounting longitudinal span 30.5 mm Handle height reference 14.8 mm Handle width 16 mm The S3 catalog explicitly lists control-head assembly M3C210-P13A for this head family. The M3/S3 prefix on a shared replacement head is retained exactly; it does not change this valve’s S3 ordering code. This valve includes its selected actuator; a second head is not required for normal operation. Dimension Drawing Reminder All linear drawing values above are in millimeters unless a thread or angle unit is stated. The original drawings retain the dimension-arrow relationships, actuator orientations and port views that cannot be fully represented by a two-column table. For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal Components — Catalog Reference The sectioned illustration is labeled S3PM. Its numbered components are listed below as a series construction reference. This is not a spare-parts kit or an assertion that every actuator variation has an identical exploded assembly. Materials are stated only where the catalog expressly supplies them. Drawing item Component 1 Body 2 Bottom cover 3 Stopper plug 4 Valve core 5 Cross-head screw 6 Button pressing buckle 7 Spring 8 Clamping washer 9 Dust cover 10 Button cap 11 Main button body 12 Top cover 13 Button retaining ring 14 Clamping nut 15 Button holder 16 Button fixing connector 17 O-ring 18 Spring 19 Spring 20 O-ring Flow Characteristics The catalog flow chart for S3B-06 plots operating pressure in MPa on the vertical axis from 0 to 0.8, and flow in L/min on the horizontal axis from 0 to 900. The family of curves illustrates the pressure/flow relationship. Axis limits are graph bounds, not guaranteed rated flow values for this complete valve; use the supplied curve and the required pressure conditions. Supply Scope and Related Heads This ordering code identifies one valve with its selected control-head form. It does not encode a multiple-valve assembly, a spare head, a silencer, mounting-panel hardware or pneumatic tubing. Where the catalog lists a separately orderable head, its exact code is given above as a replacement reference; the source does not provide a screw/gasket quantity breakdown for a service kit. Series Ordering Options The S3 family offers B, C, D, Y, R, L and V heads; red-only PL; and PP, PF, PM and HS in red, green or black. Port options are M5, 06 (1/8 inch) and 08 (1/4 inch). The original linked ordering chart uses M5 for the metric complete-valve code, while some replacement-head and Chinese drawing labels use 05; those labels do not authorize changing this listing code. For 1/8 and 1/4 inch connections, a blank thread suffix means PT, G means G thread and T means NPT. M5 connections have no such thread suffix. These are series alternatives; the selected configuration is the one decoded above. Reference Weight Catalog reference weight: 85 g, from the S3C row of the 2022 comprehensive catalog weight table (paper page 300). The catalog weight table identifies the control-head family without a port, color or thread suffix. This is that published family reference, not an independently measured weight for every option. The table states that weights are for reference only; actual weight is determined by the delivered product. This is not a measured or packaged shipping weight. Catalog Basis Technical information is taken from the linked S3 catalog and cross-checked against the 2022 comprehensive catalog, paper pages 140–142 (PDF pages 141–143). The paper-page-300 weight table is cited separately above. No unrelated series dimensions or weights are substituted. Optional Piping Accessories P = this S3 valve’s female supply connection (NPT1/8); W = its female controlled working connection A (NPT1/8). The body drawing’s 2-P callout gives the two connection sizes; K identifies mounting threads, not pneumatic ports. Keep supply and working circuits separate. Multiple keys retain each use. Tube OD is mm (in = inches); compression/tubing show OD × ID. These piping accessories are optional and ordered separately. Code-prefix uses (match the longest listed family prefix): ASC inline threaded flow control; GAFR upstream filter-regulator; NBB male–male; NBKC compression fitting; NBPC metal straight; NPC straight; NPEB branch tee; NPED run tee; NPH banjo elbow; NPHF female branch banjo; NPHW twin banjo; NPKD reducing distribution fitting; NPL elbow; NPLL extended elbow; NPSA inline flow control; NPSS flow control; NPTL push-lock flow control; NPYB Y; NPZB cross; NUE PU tube. Use Size / complete codes P ASC10006T,GAFR20006ST P,W (discontinued) male NPT1/8 ↔ male NPT1/4: NBB1/8-1/4male NPT1/8 ↔ male NPT1/8: NBB1/8-1/8male NPT1/8 ↔ male NPT3/8: NBB1/8-3/81/4 × 5/32 in: NBKC1/4-5/32-1/85/16 × 1/5 in: NBKC5/16-1/5-1/85/32 × 3/32 in: NBKC5/32-3/32-1/81/4 in: NBPC1/4-1/8,NPH1/4-1/8,NPHW1/4-1/8,NPLL1/4-1/8,NPSS1/4-1/8A,NPSS1/4-1/8B,NPZB1/4-1/83/8 in: NBPC3/8-1/8,NPLL3/8-1/85/16 in: NBPC5/16-1/8,NPH5/16-1/8,NPHW5/16-1/8,NPLL5/16-1/8,NPSS5/16-1/8A,NPSS5/16-1/8B,NPZB5/16-1/85/32 in: NBPC5/32-1/8,NPH5/32-1/8,NPHW5/32-1/8,NPLL5/32-1/81/4 in; male RA NPT1/8 / female RB NPT1/8: NPHF1/4-1/85/16 in; male RA NPT1/8 / female RB NPT1/8: NPHF5/16-1/85/32 in; male RA NPT1/8 / female RB NPT1/8: NPHF5/32-1/8main 1/4 / branches 5/32 in: NPKD1/4-5/32-1/8 P,W 1/4 in: NPC1/4-1/8,NPEB1/4-1/8,NPED1/4-1/8,NPL1/4-1/8,NPSA1/4,NPTL1/4-1/8A,NPTL1/4-1/8B,NPYB1/4-1/83/8 in: NPC3/8-1/8,NPEB3/8-1/8,NPED3/8-1/8,NPL3/8-1/8,NPSA3/8,NPYB3/8-1/85/16 in: NPC5/16-1/8,NPEB5/16-1/8,NPED5/16-1/8,NPL5/16-1/8,NPSA5/16,NPTL5/16-1/8A,NPTL5/16-1/8B,NPYB5/16-1/85/32 in: NPC5/32-1/8,NPEB5/32-1/8,NPED5/32-1/8,NPL5/32-1/8,NPSA5/32,NPTL5/32-1/8A,NPTL5/32-1/8B,NPYB5/32-1/85/32 × 3/32 in: NUE95A5/32X3/32-100BK,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100BR,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100BU,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100C,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100CB,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100CE,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100CG,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100CR,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100CY,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100GA,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100GE,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100GN,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100R,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100WH,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100Y,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250BK,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250BR,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250BU,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250C,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250CB,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250CE,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250CG,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250CR,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250CY,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250GA,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250GE,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250GN,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250R,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250WH,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250Y,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500BK,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500BR,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500BU,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500C,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500CB,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500CE,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500CG,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500CR,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500CY,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500GA,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500GE,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500GN,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500R,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500WH,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500Y Match PT/G/NPT exactly. Use the specified thread seal or face gasket. Match tube OD and compression OD/ID; metric and inch sizes are not interchangeable. Use suitable soft nylon/PU tube and check seating, clearance, bends and flow. Tighten compression bodies by the hex, not tube nuts. Where listed: D is black, blank grey, -M miniature; -S denotes only the specified 304 stainless parts. NPSA are tube-side flow controls and need separate matching tube connections; they do not screw directly into P or W. NPHF use male RA at the valve; female RB requires its own matching male thread and seal and is not a tube socket. Match both adapter ends to their separate mating parts. Branches join one circuit. Keep supply P and working A separate; do not bridge these paths. Standard push-in fittings and flow-control parts: ≤1 MPa, −20–70°C. NBPC/compression fittings/thread adapters: ≤1 MPa. The listed metal push-in, compression and adapter groups have a 0–150°C range, limiting the connected valve path to 0–70°C or narrower. Apply every stricter component limit; no system vacuum rating is established. This mechanically or manually operated S3 valve operates at 0–1 MPa and −20–70°C with 40 µm filtered air. Accessory limits may narrow that range; proof pressure is not working pressure. The piping choices are optional and ordered separately, and do not establish separately orderable panel-mounting or internal-part kits. Flow-control suffix A restricts thread→tube, with free reverse flow; suffix B reverses it. Supply normally flows tube→thread. At valve working port A, suffix A restricts flow to the actuator and suffix B the return; cylinder-mounted orientation differs. Follow the flow symbols, including NPSA. Closed controls are not leak-tight isolation. Adjust gently without forcing stops; depressurize before tube removal. Never cap an active supply or working connection. ASC is a separately connected upstream supply flow control, assigned to P only. Both female ports require matching male connections; follow its P/A markings. Its limits are 0.05–0.95 MPa and −20–70°C with ≤40 µm filtration. The complete valve path must meet these and every stricter component limit; the valve’s 0–1 MPa range does not extend the ASC rating. GAFR is a separately connected upstream supply filter/regulator, assigned to P only. Both female ports require matching male piping; follow IN→OUT and check total flow and bowl/environment suitability. Inlet ≤1 MPa; regulation 0.15–0.9 MPa; −5–70°C, nonfreezing. Apply every stricter valve/component limit. Listed GAFR S versions have a 40 µm filter, PC bowl, differential/manual drain, bracket and round snap-in gauge (psi/bar), without a reverse-flow valve. Air lubrication is not required. If lubricated air is introduced, continue with consistent lubrication using ISO VG32 or equivalent oil. NPTL maximum cap-adjustment torque: 1/8: 0.08 N·m. These are not thread-installation torques. NBKC5/32-3/32-1/8 specifies 3/32 in ID in its dimension row, but the selection matrix differs. Confirm that ID with the supplier before selecting the tube. The listed NUE95A tubes serve P and W only through a listed exact 5/32 in OD connection; they do not connect directly to an NPT thread. For NBKC5/32-3/32-1/8, the supplier must also confirm 3/32 in ID. Do not substitute 4 mm, 3.2 mm, 3 mm or 1/8 in OD tube. NUE95A5/32X3/32 is ether-based PU, Shore A95±2, with 5/32 in OD × 3/32 in ID and 1/32 in wall. Working pressure is 145 psi at 73°F; 363 psi is burst pressure, not a working rating. Temperature range: −40–158°F; minimum bend radius: 8 mm. Derate with increasing temperature and obey every stricter valve, fitting and tube limit. In NUE codes, 100/250/500 after the hyphen are coil lengths in feet, not metres. Colours: BU blue, BK black, GE orange, C clear, WH white, CB clear blue, R red, Y yellow, GA gray, GN green, BR brown, CR clear red, CG clear green, CY clear yellow, CE clear orange. Match the complete length-and-colour code. Current lifecycle and supply of these catalog-listed tubes are unverified; confirm the exact item or an approved replacement before ordering. Items marked discontinued are historical service references, not current standard recommendations. Confirm availability or a manufacturer-approved replacement. An unmarked catalogue entry does not promise current production, stock or delivery. All listed options are ordered separately.

  Read more less

  $21.10

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac S3 series: manually operated directional valve - S3PM06R

  Specifications: S3PM06R is an AirTAC S3 control valve with 3 ports, 2 positions, a mushroom pushbutton actuator and PT 1/8 inch connections. Button/selector color R is red. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Functional Alternative Statement Airtac S3 series valves are functional alternatives to SMC VM200 series valves. Model Code Explained Parameter Details Exact ordering code S3PM06R Series S3 3 ports, 2 positions; external direct mechanical control Control-head code PM Mushroom pushbutton Port-size code 06 PT 1/8 inch Thread option Blank = PT Color code R Red Technical Specifications Parameter Details Fluid Air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating method External direct acting Valve function 3 ports, 2 positions Selected control form mushroom pushbutton Working connection PT 1/8 inch Effective flow area 8.0 mm² Cv 0.45 Operating-pressure range 0–1.0 MPa (0–145 psi) Proof pressure 1.5 MPa (215 psi) Working temperature −20 to 70 °C Body material Aluminum alloy Lubrication Not required Features and Pneumatic Operation The shut-off/poppet construction provides internal sealing and sensitive directional switching without a lubrication requirement. The valve supports body mounting and the illustrated panel arrangements for the applicable control head. The selected control head is manually operated. The available head forms serve different operator controls; only the head encoded in this exact model is selected here. Lubrication is not required. If lubricated air is introduced, continue using the same lubrication medium without interruption; the catalog recommends ISO VG32 oil or an equivalent grade. Port letters identify P as the supply, A as the controlled outlet and R as exhaust. The graphical symbol in the PDF defines the exact flow paths for the selected actuator and valve position. Selected Operating Travel Parameter Details Valve-spool stroke 2.4–4.0 mm Button / roller / handle stroke 3.8–5.4 mm The listed stroke ranges are installation limits for the selected control form. Travel is not an added body dimension. Use the drawing orientation and do not drive the mechanism past its stated range. Installation, Travel Limits and Operation Mount the valve through the body fixing points or use the illustrated panel arrangement where the selected head permits it. Keep the body and head aligned and retain access to the pneumatic ports. The catalog does not state a general screw-tightening torque. Do not exceed the selected spool and actuator stroke ranges. Excess travel imposed by the external mechanism can cause leakage or damage. Engineering-plastic button components must be operated by hand and must not be struck with metal tools; the dedicated mechanical roller/plunger models are actuated by their intended external mechanism. The spring-return symbol and the installation notes identify an automatically returning actuation arrangement. Allow the actuator to return freely after releasing the operating force. Body and Mounting Dimensions The S3B body drawing supplies the base dimensions for the selected port size. A selected control head is shown separately; its dimensions are not a complete assembled-valve envelope. Drawing reference Value Drawing dimension A 30 mm Drawing dimension B 16.5 mm Drawing dimension C 47 mm Drawing dimension D 41 mm Drawing dimension KA 23 mm Drawing dimension KB 20.5 mm Drawing dimension PA 17.5 mm Drawing dimension PB 11.5 mm Drawing K M5 × 0.8; the illustration marks two K mounting positions Drawing P — two connection callouts PT 1/8 inch Selected Control Head and Replacement Reference The values below describe the selected actuator or control-head assembly. They are separate from the body drawing and must not be added indiscriminately to the body dimensions. Control-head drawing reference Value Head base width 36 mm Head base depth 30 mm Panel allowance reference 6 mm Panel mounting thread M22 × 1.25 Button diameter 36 mm Head height reference 54 mm The S3 catalog explicitly lists control-head assembly S3PM05-P12A for this head family. The M3/S3 prefix on a shared replacement head is retained exactly; it does not change this valve’s S3 ordering code. This valve includes its selected actuator; a second head is not required for normal operation. Dimension Drawing Reminder All linear drawing values above are in millimeters unless a thread or angle unit is stated. The original drawings retain the dimension-arrow relationships, actuator orientations and port views that cannot be fully represented by a two-column table. For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal Components — Catalog Reference The sectioned illustration is labeled S3PM. Its numbered components are listed below as a series construction reference. This is not a spare-parts kit or an assertion that every actuator variation has an identical exploded assembly. Materials are stated only where the catalog expressly supplies them. Drawing item Component 1 Body 2 Bottom cover 3 Stopper plug 4 Valve core 5 Cross-head screw 6 Button pressing buckle 7 Spring 8 Clamping washer 9 Dust cover 10 Button cap 11 Main button body 12 Top cover 13 Button retaining ring 14 Clamping nut 15 Button holder 16 Button fixing connector 17 O-ring 18 Spring 19 Spring 20 O-ring Flow Characteristics The catalog flow chart for S3B-06 plots operating pressure in MPa on the vertical axis from 0 to 0.8, and flow in L/min on the horizontal axis from 0 to 900. The family of curves illustrates the pressure/flow relationship. Axis limits are graph bounds, not guaranteed rated flow values for this complete valve; use the supplied curve and the required pressure conditions. Supply Scope and Related Heads This ordering code identifies one valve with its selected control-head form. It does not encode a multiple-valve assembly, a spare head, a silencer, mounting-panel hardware or pneumatic tubing. Where the catalog lists a separately orderable head, its exact code is given above as a replacement reference; the source does not provide a screw/gasket quantity breakdown for a service kit. Series Ordering Options The S3 family offers B, C, D, Y, R, L and V heads; red-only PL; and PP, PF, PM and HS in red, green or black. Port options are M5, 06 (1/8 inch) and 08 (1/4 inch). The original linked ordering chart uses M5 for the metric complete-valve code, while some replacement-head and Chinese drawing labels use 05; those labels do not authorize changing this listing code. For 1/8 and 1/4 inch connections, a blank thread suffix means PT, G means G thread and T means NPT. M5 connections have no such thread suffix. These are series alternatives; the selected configuration is the one decoded above. Reference Weight Catalog reference weight: 78 g, from the S3PM row of the 2022 comprehensive catalog weight table (paper page 300). The catalog weight table identifies the control-head family without a port, color or thread suffix. This is that published family reference, not an independently measured weight for every option. The table states that weights are for reference only; actual weight is determined by the delivered product. This is not a measured or packaged shipping weight. Catalog Basis Technical information is taken from the linked S3 catalog and cross-checked against the 2022 comprehensive catalog, paper pages 140–142 (PDF pages 141–143). The paper-page-300 weight table is cited separately above. No unrelated series dimensions or weights are substituted. Matching Accessory Codes and Conditions Item Complete codes and use PM replacement heads (green/red/black) These are optional replacement mushroom pushbutton heads for the same S3 PM head form on the M5, 06 or 08 body. Replacement-head suffixes -P11A, -P12A and -P13A mean green, red and black, respectively. The valve already includes its selected red head; order a spare separately only when needed. Retain the selected head form and follow the operating-travel, reset and mounting instructions above. These are control-head assemblies, not complete valves.S3PM05-P11A,S3PM05-P13A Optional Piping Accessories P = this S3 valve’s female supply connection (PT1/8); W = its female controlled working connection A (PT1/8). The body drawing’s 2-P callout gives the two connection sizes; K identifies mounting threads, not pneumatic ports. Keep supply and working circuits separate. Multiple keys retain each use. Tube OD is mm (in = inches); compression/tubing show OD × ID. These piping accessories are optional and ordered separately. Code-prefix uses (match the longest listed family prefix): ASC inline threaded flow control; BB male–male; BKC compression fitting; BPC metal straight; BPOC metal straight; GAFR upstream filter-regulator; GPSA/PSA inline flow control; PC straight; PEB branch tee; PED run tee; PH banjo elbow; PHF female branch banjo; PHW twin banjo; PKD reducing distribution fitting; PL elbow; PLL extended elbow; POC round straight; PSL elbow flow control; PSS flow control; PTL push-lock flow control; PYB Y; PZB cross; UE PU tube; US PU tube. Use Size / complete codes P ASC10006,GAFR20006S P,W male PT1/8 ↔ male PT1/8: BB0101,BB0101-Smale PT1/4 ↔ male PT1/8: BB0102,BB0102-Smale PT3/8 ↔ male PT1/8: BB0103,BB0103-S4 × 2.5: BKC0425-01,BKC0425-01-S,UE95A040025100MBU,US98A040025100MBU6 × 4: BKC0604-01,BKC0604-01-S,UE95A060040100MBU,US98A060040100MBU8 × 5: BKC0805-01,BKC0805-01-S,UE95A080050100MBU,US98A080050100MBU8 × 5.5 or 6: BKC0806-01,BKC0806-01-S10: BPC1001,GPSA10,GPSA10D,PC1001,PC1001-S,PC1001D,PC1001D-S,PEB1001,PEB1001-S,PEB1001D,PEB1001D-S,PED1001,PED1001-S,PED1001D,PED1001D-S,PL1001,PL1001-S,PL1001D,PL1001D-S,PLL1001,PLL1001-S,PLL1001D,PLL1001D-S,POC1001,POC1001-S,POC1001D,POC1001D-S,PSA10,PSA10-S,PSA10D,PSA10D-S,PYB1001,PYB1001-S,PYB1001D,PYB1001D-S4: BPC401,BPOC401,GPSA4,GPSA4D,PC401,PC401-M,PC401-S,PC401D,PC401D-M,PC401D-S,PEB401,PEB401-S,PEB401D,PEB401D-S,PED401,PED401-S,PED401D,PED401D-S,PH401,PH401-S,PH401D,PH401D-S,PHW401,PHW401-S,PHW401D,PHW401D-S,PL401,PL401-M,PL401-S,PL401D,PL401D-M,PL401D-S,PLL401,PLL401-S,PLL401D,PLL401D-S,POC401,POC401-S,POC401D,POC401D-S,PSA4,PSA4-S,PSA4D,PSA4D-S,PSL401A,PSL401A-S,PSL401AD,PSL401AD-S,PSL401B,PSL401B-S,PSL401BD,PSL401BD-S,PTL401A-M,PTL401AD-M,PTL401B-M,PTL401BD-M,PYB401,PYB401-S,PYB401D,PYB401D-S6: BPC601,BPOC601,GPSA6,GPSA6D,PC601,PC601-M,PC601-S,PC601D,PC601D-M,PC601D-S,PEB601,PEB601-S,PEB601D,PEB601D-S,PED601,PED601-S,PED601D,PED601D-S,PH601,PH601-S,PH601D,PH601D-S,PHW601,PHW601-S,PHW601D,PHW601D-S,PL601,PL601-M,PL601-S,PL601D,PL601D-M,PL601D-S,PLL601,PLL601-S,PLL601D,PLL601D-S,POC601,POC601-S,POC601D,POC601D-S,PSA6,PSA6-S,PSA6D,PSA6D-S,PSL601A,PSL601A-S,PSL601AD,PSL601AD-S,PSL601B,PSL601B-S,PSL601BD,PSL601BD-S,PSS601A,PSS601A-S,PSS601AD,PSS601AD-S,PSS601B,PSS601B-S,PSS601BD,PSS601BD-S,PTL601A,PTL601A-M,PTL601AD,PTL601AD-M,PTL601B,PTL601B-M,PTL601BD,PTL601BD-M,PYB601,PYB601-S,PYB601D,PYB601D-S,PZB601,PZB601-S,PZB601D,PZB601D-S8: BPC801,BPOC801,GPSA8,GPSA8D,PC801,PC801-S,PC801D,PC801D-S,PEB801,PEB801-S,PEB801D,PEB801D-S,PED801,PED801-S,PED801D,PED801D-S,PH801,PH801-S,PH801D,PH801D-S,PHW801,PHW801-S,PHW801D,PHW801D-S,PL801,PL801-S,PL801D,PL801D-S,PLL801,PLL801-S,PLL801D,PLL801D-S,POC801,POC801-S,POC801D,POC801D-S,PSA8,PSA8-S,PSA8D,PSA8D-S,PSL801A,PSL801A-S,PSL801AD,PSL801AD-S,PSL801B,PSL801B-S,PSL801BD,PSL801BD-S,PSS801A,PSS801A-S,PSS801AD,PSS801AD-S,PSS801B,PSS801B-S,PSS801BD,PSS801BD-S,PTL801A,PTL801AD,PTL801B,PTL801BD,PYB801,PYB801-S,PYB801D,PYB801D-S,PZB801,PZB801-S,PZB801D,PZB801D-S12: GPSA12,GPSA12D,PC1201,PC1201-S,PC1201D,PC1201D-S,PL1201,PL1201-S,PL1201D,PL1201D-S,PSA12,PSA12-S,PSA12D,PSA12D-S4; male RA PT1/8 / female RB PT1/8: PHF401,PHF401-S,PHF401D,PHF401D-S6; male RA PT1/8 / female RB PT1/8: PHF601,PHF601-S,PHF601D,PHF601D-S8; male RA PT1/8 / female RB PT1/8: PHF801,PHF801-S,PHF801D,PHF801D-Smain 6 / branch 4: PKD6-401,PKD6-401-S,PKD6-401D,PKD6-401D-S10 × 6.5: UE95A100065100MBU,US98A100065100MBU12 × 8: UE95A120080100MBU,US98A120080100MBU Match PT/G/NPT exactly. Use the specified thread seal or face gasket. Match tube OD and compression OD/ID; metric and inch sizes are not interchangeable. Use suitable soft nylon/PU tube and check seating, clearance, bends and flow. Tighten compression bodies by the hex, not tube nuts. Where listed: D is black, blank grey, -M miniature; -S denotes only the specified 304 stainless parts. PSA/GPSA are tube-side flow controls and need separate matching tube connections; they do not screw directly into P or W. PHF use male RA at the valve; female RB requires its own matching male thread and seal and is not a tube socket. Match both adapter ends to their separate mating parts. Branches join one circuit. Keep supply P and working A separate; do not bridge these paths. Standard push-in fittings and flow-control parts: ≤1 MPa, −20–70°C. Metal BPC/BPOC: ≤0.9 MPa; compression fittings/thread adapters: ≤1 MPa. The listed metal push-in, compression and adapter groups have a 0–150°C range, limiting the connected valve path to 0–70°C or narrower. Apply every stricter component limit; no system vacuum rating is established. This mechanically or manually operated S3 valve operates at 0–1 MPa and −20–70°C with 40 µm filtered air. Accessory limits may narrow that range; proof pressure is not working pressure. The piping choices are optional and ordered separately, and do not establish separately orderable panel-mounting or internal-part kits. Flow-control suffix A restricts thread→tube, with free reverse flow; suffix B reverses it. Supply normally flows tube→thread. At valve working port A, suffix A restricts flow to the actuator and suffix B the return; cylinder-mounted orientation differs. Follow the flow symbols, including PSA/GPSA. Closed controls are not leak-tight isolation. Adjust gently without forcing stops; depressurize before tube removal. Never cap an active supply or working connection. ASC is a separately connected upstream supply flow control, assigned to P only. Both female ports require matching male connections; follow its P/A markings. Its limits are 0.05–0.95 MPa and −20–70°C with ≤40 µm filtration. The complete valve path must meet these and every stricter component limit; the valve’s 0–1 MPa range does not extend the ASC rating. GAFR is a separately connected upstream supply filter/regulator, assigned to P only. Both female ports require matching male piping; follow IN→OUT and check total flow and bowl/environment suitability. Inlet ≤1 MPa; regulation 0.15–0.9 MPa; −5–70°C, nonfreezing. Apply every stricter valve/component limit. Listed GAFR S versions have a 40 µm filter, PC bowl, differential/manual drain, bracket and round snap-in gauge (MPa/psi), without a reverse-flow valve. Air lubrication is not required. If lubricated air is introduced, continue with consistent lubrication using ISO VG32 or equivalent oil. US98A/UE95A examples are separately ordered blue 100 m metric PU coils rated 1 MPa at 23°C. US98A: −20–70°C; UE95A: −40–70°C. Match OD/ID and derate as temperature rises within valve/component limits; 1 MPa is not assured throughout. Use inch tube where the selected connection requires it; metric tube is not a substitute. PTL recommended cap-adjustment torque: 1/8: 0.08 N·m. These are not thread-installation torques. Items marked discontinued are historical service references, not current standard recommendations. Confirm availability or a manufacturer-approved replacement. An unmarked catalogue entry does not promise current production, stock or delivery. All listed options are ordered separately.

  Read more less

  $19.32

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac S3 series: manually operated directional valve - S3HS06RT

  Specifications: S3HS06RT is an AirTAC S3 control valve with 3 ports, 2 positions, a selector actuator and NPT 1/8 inch connections. Button/selector color R is red. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Functional Alternative Statement Airtac S3 series valves are functional alternatives to SMC VM200 series valves. Model Code Explained Parameter Details Exact ordering code S3HS06RT Series S3 3 ports, 2 positions; external direct mechanical control Control-head code HS Selector Port-size code 06 NPT 1/8 inch Thread option T = NPT Color code R Red Technical Specifications Parameter Details Fluid Air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating method External direct acting Valve function 3 ports, 2 positions Selected control form selector Working connection NPT 1/8 inch Effective flow area 8.0 mm² Cv 0.45 Operating-pressure range 0–1.0 MPa (0–145 psi) Proof pressure 1.5 MPa (215 psi) Working temperature −20 to 70 °C Body material Aluminum alloy Lubrication Not required Features and Pneumatic Operation The shut-off/poppet construction provides internal sealing and sensitive directional switching without a lubrication requirement. The valve supports body mounting and the illustrated panel arrangements for the applicable control head. The selected control head is manually operated. The available head forms serve different operator controls; only the head encoded in this exact model is selected here. Lubrication is not required. If lubricated air is introduced, continue using the same lubrication medium without interruption; the catalog recommends ISO VG32 oil or an equivalent grade. Port letters identify P as the supply, A as the controlled outlet and R as exhaust. The graphical symbol in the PDF defines the exact flow paths for the selected actuator and valve position. Selected Operating Travel Parameter Details Valve-spool stroke 2.4–4.0 mm Button / roller / handle stroke 5.1–6.7 mm The listed stroke ranges are installation limits for the selected control form. Travel is not an added body dimension. Use the drawing orientation and do not drive the mechanism past its stated range. Installation, Travel Limits and Operation Mount the valve through the body fixing points or use the illustrated panel arrangement where the selected head permits it. Keep the body and head aligned and retain access to the pneumatic ports. The catalog does not state a general screw-tightening torque. Do not exceed the selected spool and actuator stroke ranges. Excess travel imposed by the external mechanism can cause leakage or damage. Engineering-plastic button components must be operated by hand and must not be struck with metal tools; the dedicated mechanical roller/plunger models are actuated by their intended external mechanism. This control form is manually reset. Return the lever or selector deliberately to the required position; it is not described as an automatically returning pushbutton. Body and Mounting Dimensions The S3B body drawing supplies the base dimensions for the selected port size. A selected control head is shown separately; its dimensions are not a complete assembled-valve envelope. Drawing reference Value Drawing dimension A 30 mm Drawing dimension B 16.5 mm Drawing dimension C 47 mm Drawing dimension D 41 mm Drawing dimension KA 23 mm Drawing dimension KB 20.5 mm Drawing dimension PA 17.5 mm Drawing dimension PB 11.5 mm Drawing K M5 × 0.8; the illustration marks two K mounting positions Drawing P — two connection callouts NPT 1/8 inch Selected Control Head and Replacement Reference The values below describe the selected actuator or control-head assembly. They are separate from the body drawing and must not be added indiscriminately to the body dimensions. Control-head drawing reference Value Head base width 36 mm Head base depth 30 mm Panel allowance reference 6 mm Panel mounting thread M22 × 1.25 Button / selector diameter 28.5 mm Head height reference 57.5 mm The S3 catalog explicitly lists control-head assembly S3HS05-P12A for this head family. The M3/S3 prefix on a shared replacement head is retained exactly; it does not change this valve’s S3 ordering code. This valve includes its selected actuator; a second head is not required for normal operation. Dimension Drawing Reminder All linear drawing values above are in millimeters unless a thread or angle unit is stated. The original drawings retain the dimension-arrow relationships, actuator orientations and port views that cannot be fully represented by a two-column table. For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal Components — Catalog Reference The sectioned illustration is labeled S3PM. Its numbered components are listed below as a series construction reference. This is not a spare-parts kit or an assertion that every actuator variation has an identical exploded assembly. Materials are stated only where the catalog expressly supplies them. Drawing item Component 1 Body 2 Bottom cover 3 Stopper plug 4 Valve core 5 Cross-head screw 6 Button pressing buckle 7 Spring 8 Clamping washer 9 Dust cover 10 Button cap 11 Main button body 12 Top cover 13 Button retaining ring 14 Clamping nut 15 Button holder 16 Button fixing connector 17 O-ring 18 Spring 19 Spring 20 O-ring Flow Characteristics The catalog flow chart for S3B-06 plots operating pressure in MPa on the vertical axis from 0 to 0.8, and flow in L/min on the horizontal axis from 0 to 900. The family of curves illustrates the pressure/flow relationship. Axis limits are graph bounds, not guaranteed rated flow values for this complete valve; use the supplied curve and the required pressure conditions. Supply Scope and Related Heads This ordering code identifies one valve with its selected control-head form. It does not encode a multiple-valve assembly, a spare head, a silencer, mounting-panel hardware or pneumatic tubing. Where the catalog lists a separately orderable head, its exact code is given above as a replacement reference; the source does not provide a screw/gasket quantity breakdown for a service kit. Series Ordering Options The S3 family offers B, C, D, Y, R, L and V heads; red-only PL; and PP, PF, PM and HS in red, green or black. Port options are M5, 06 (1/8 inch) and 08 (1/4 inch). The original linked ordering chart uses M5 for the metric complete-valve code, while some replacement-head and Chinese drawing labels use 05; those labels do not authorize changing this listing code. For 1/8 and 1/4 inch connections, a blank thread suffix means PT, G means G thread and T means NPT. M5 connections have no such thread suffix. These are series alternatives; the selected configuration is the one decoded above. Reference Weight Catalog reference weight: 79 g, from the S3HS row of the 2022 comprehensive catalog weight table (paper page 300). The catalog weight table identifies the control-head family without a port, color or thread suffix. This is that published family reference, not an independently measured weight for every option. The table states that weights are for reference only; actual weight is determined by the delivered product. This is not a measured or packaged shipping weight. Catalog Basis Technical information is taken from the linked S3 catalog and cross-checked against the 2022 comprehensive catalog, paper pages 140–142 (PDF pages 141–143). The paper-page-300 weight table is cited separately above. No unrelated series dimensions or weights are substituted. Matching Accessory Codes and Conditions Item Complete codes and use HS replacement heads (green/red/black) These are optional replacement selector heads for the same S3 HS head form on the M5, 06 or 08 body. Replacement-head suffixes -P11A, -P12A and -P13A mean green, red and black, respectively. The valve already includes its selected red head; order a spare separately only when needed. Retain the selected head form and follow the operating-travel, reset and mounting instructions above. These are control-head assemblies, not complete valves.S3HS05-P11A,S3HS05-P13A Optional Piping Accessories P = this S3 valve’s female supply connection (NPT1/8); W = its female controlled working connection A (NPT1/8). The body drawing’s 2-P callout gives the two connection sizes; K identifies mounting threads, not pneumatic ports. Keep supply and working circuits separate. Multiple keys retain each use. Tube OD is mm (in = inches); compression/tubing show OD × ID. These piping accessories are optional and ordered separately. Code-prefix uses (match the longest listed family prefix): ASC inline threaded flow control; GAFR upstream filter-regulator; NBB male–male; NBKC compression fitting; NBPC metal straight; NPC straight; NPEB branch tee; NPED run tee; NPH banjo elbow; NPHF female branch banjo; NPHW twin banjo; NPKD reducing distribution fitting; NPL elbow; NPLL extended elbow; NPSA inline flow control; NPSS flow control; NPTL push-lock flow control; NPYB Y; NPZB cross; NUE PU tube. Use Size / complete codes P ASC10006T,GAFR20006ST P,W (discontinued) male NPT1/8 ↔ male NPT1/4: NBB1/8-1/4male NPT1/8 ↔ male NPT1/8: NBB1/8-1/8male NPT1/8 ↔ male NPT3/8: NBB1/8-3/81/4 × 5/32 in: NBKC1/4-5/32-1/85/16 × 1/5 in: NBKC5/16-1/5-1/85/32 × 3/32 in: NBKC5/32-3/32-1/81/4 in: NBPC1/4-1/8,NPH1/4-1/8,NPHW1/4-1/8,NPLL1/4-1/8,NPSS1/4-1/8A,NPSS1/4-1/8B,NPZB1/4-1/83/8 in: NBPC3/8-1/8,NPLL3/8-1/85/16 in: NBPC5/16-1/8,NPH5/16-1/8,NPHW5/16-1/8,NPLL5/16-1/8,NPSS5/16-1/8A,NPSS5/16-1/8B,NPZB5/16-1/85/32 in: NBPC5/32-1/8,NPH5/32-1/8,NPHW5/32-1/8,NPLL5/32-1/81/4 in; male RA NPT1/8 / female RB NPT1/8: NPHF1/4-1/85/16 in; male RA NPT1/8 / female RB NPT1/8: NPHF5/16-1/85/32 in; male RA NPT1/8 / female RB NPT1/8: NPHF5/32-1/8main 1/4 / branches 5/32 in: NPKD1/4-5/32-1/8 P,W 1/4 in: NPC1/4-1/8,NPEB1/4-1/8,NPED1/4-1/8,NPL1/4-1/8,NPSA1/4,NPTL1/4-1/8A,NPTL1/4-1/8B,NPYB1/4-1/83/8 in: NPC3/8-1/8,NPEB3/8-1/8,NPED3/8-1/8,NPL3/8-1/8,NPSA3/8,NPYB3/8-1/85/16 in: NPC5/16-1/8,NPEB5/16-1/8,NPED5/16-1/8,NPL5/16-1/8,NPSA5/16,NPTL5/16-1/8A,NPTL5/16-1/8B,NPYB5/16-1/85/32 in: NPC5/32-1/8,NPEB5/32-1/8,NPED5/32-1/8,NPL5/32-1/8,NPSA5/32,NPTL5/32-1/8A,NPTL5/32-1/8B,NPYB5/32-1/85/32 × 3/32 in: NUE95A5/32X3/32-100BK,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100BR,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100BU,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100C,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100CB,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100CE,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100CG,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100CR,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100CY,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100GA,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100GE,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100GN,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100R,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100WH,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100Y,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250BK,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250BR,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250BU,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250C,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250CB,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250CE,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250CG,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250CR,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250CY,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250GA,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250GE,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250GN,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250R,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250WH,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250Y,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500BK,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500BR,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500BU,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500C,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500CB,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500CE,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500CG,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500CR,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500CY,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500GA,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500GE,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500GN,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500R,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500WH,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500Y Match PT/G/NPT exactly. Use the specified thread seal or face gasket. Match tube OD and compression OD/ID; metric and inch sizes are not interchangeable. Use suitable soft nylon/PU tube and check seating, clearance, bends and flow. Tighten compression bodies by the hex, not tube nuts. Where listed: D is black, blank grey, -M miniature; -S denotes only the specified 304 stainless parts. NPSA are tube-side flow controls and need separate matching tube connections; they do not screw directly into P or W. NPHF use male RA at the valve; female RB requires its own matching male thread and seal and is not a tube socket. Match both adapter ends to their separate mating parts. Branches join one circuit. Keep supply P and working A separate; do not bridge these paths. Standard push-in fittings and flow-control parts: ≤1 MPa, −20–70°C. NBPC/compression fittings/thread adapters: ≤1 MPa. The listed metal push-in, compression and adapter groups have a 0–150°C range, limiting the connected valve path to 0–70°C or narrower. Apply every stricter component limit; no system vacuum rating is established. This mechanically or manually operated S3 valve operates at 0–1 MPa and −20–70°C with 40 µm filtered air. Accessory limits may narrow that range; proof pressure is not working pressure. The piping choices are optional and ordered separately, and do not establish separately orderable panel-mounting or internal-part kits. Flow-control suffix A restricts thread→tube, with free reverse flow; suffix B reverses it. Supply normally flows tube→thread. At valve working port A, suffix A restricts flow to the actuator and suffix B the return; cylinder-mounted orientation differs. Follow the flow symbols, including NPSA. Closed controls are not leak-tight isolation. Adjust gently without forcing stops; depressurize before tube removal. Never cap an active supply or working connection. ASC is a separately connected upstream supply flow control, assigned to P only. Both female ports require matching male connections; follow its P/A markings. Its limits are 0.05–0.95 MPa and −20–70°C with ≤40 µm filtration. The complete valve path must meet these and every stricter component limit; the valve’s 0–1 MPa range does not extend the ASC rating. GAFR is a separately connected upstream supply filter/regulator, assigned to P only. Both female ports require matching male piping; follow IN→OUT and check total flow and bowl/environment suitability. Inlet ≤1 MPa; regulation 0.15–0.9 MPa; −5–70°C, nonfreezing. Apply every stricter valve/component limit. Listed GAFR S versions have a 40 µm filter, PC bowl, differential/manual drain, bracket and round snap-in gauge (psi/bar), without a reverse-flow valve. Air lubrication is not required. If lubricated air is introduced, continue with consistent lubrication using ISO VG32 or equivalent oil. NPTL maximum cap-adjustment torque: 1/8: 0.08 N·m. These are not thread-installation torques. NBKC5/32-3/32-1/8 specifies 3/32 in ID in its dimension row, but the selection matrix differs. Confirm that ID with the supplier before selecting the tube. The listed NUE95A tubes serve P and W only through a listed exact 5/32 in OD connection; they do not connect directly to an NPT thread. For NBKC5/32-3/32-1/8, the supplier must also confirm 3/32 in ID. Do not substitute 4 mm, 3.2 mm, 3 mm or 1/8 in OD tube. NUE95A5/32X3/32 is ether-based PU, Shore A95±2, with 5/32 in OD × 3/32 in ID and 1/32 in wall. Working pressure is 145 psi at 73°F; 363 psi is burst pressure, not a working rating. Temperature range: −40–158°F; minimum bend radius: 8 mm. Derate with increasing temperature and obey every stricter valve, fitting and tube limit. In NUE codes, 100/250/500 after the hyphen are coil lengths in feet, not metres. Colours: BU blue, BK black, GE orange, C clear, WH white, CB clear blue, R red, Y yellow, GA gray, GN green, BR brown, CR clear red, CG clear green, CY clear yellow, CE clear orange. Match the complete length-and-colour code. Current lifecycle and supply of these catalog-listed tubes are unverified; confirm the exact item or an approved replacement before ordering. Items marked discontinued are historical service references, not current standard recommendations. Confirm availability or a manufacturer-approved replacement. An unmarked catalogue entry does not promise current production, stock or delivery. All listed options are ordered separately.

  Read more less

  $21.10

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac S3 series: manually operated directional valve - S3HS06BT

  Specifications: S3HS06BT is an AirTAC S3 control valve with 3 ports, 2 positions, a selector actuator and NPT 1/8 inch connections. Button/selector color B is black. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Functional Alternative Statement Airtac S3 series valves are functional alternatives to SMC VM200 series valves. Model Code Explained Parameter Details Exact ordering code S3HS06BT Series S3 3 ports, 2 positions; external direct mechanical control Control-head code HS Selector Port-size code 06 NPT 1/8 inch Thread option T = NPT Color code B Black Technical Specifications Parameter Details Fluid Air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating method External direct acting Valve function 3 ports, 2 positions Selected control form selector Working connection NPT 1/8 inch Effective flow area 8.0 mm² Cv 0.45 Operating-pressure range 0–1.0 MPa (0–145 psi) Proof pressure 1.5 MPa (215 psi) Working temperature −20 to 70 °C Body material Aluminum alloy Lubrication Not required Features and Pneumatic Operation The shut-off/poppet construction provides internal sealing and sensitive directional switching without a lubrication requirement. The valve supports body mounting and the illustrated panel arrangements for the applicable control head. The selected control head is manually operated. The available head forms serve different operator controls; only the head encoded in this exact model is selected here. Lubrication is not required. If lubricated air is introduced, continue using the same lubrication medium without interruption; the catalog recommends ISO VG32 oil or an equivalent grade. Port letters identify P as the supply, A as the controlled outlet and R as exhaust. The graphical symbol in the PDF defines the exact flow paths for the selected actuator and valve position. Selected Operating Travel Parameter Details Valve-spool stroke 2.4–4.0 mm Button / roller / handle stroke 5.1–6.7 mm The listed stroke ranges are installation limits for the selected control form. Travel is not an added body dimension. Use the drawing orientation and do not drive the mechanism past its stated range. Installation, Travel Limits and Operation Mount the valve through the body fixing points or use the illustrated panel arrangement where the selected head permits it. Keep the body and head aligned and retain access to the pneumatic ports. The catalog does not state a general screw-tightening torque. Do not exceed the selected spool and actuator stroke ranges. Excess travel imposed by the external mechanism can cause leakage or damage. Engineering-plastic button components must be operated by hand and must not be struck with metal tools; the dedicated mechanical roller/plunger models are actuated by their intended external mechanism. This control form is manually reset. Return the lever or selector deliberately to the required position; it is not described as an automatically returning pushbutton. Body and Mounting Dimensions The S3B body drawing supplies the base dimensions for the selected port size. A selected control head is shown separately; its dimensions are not a complete assembled-valve envelope. Drawing reference Value Drawing dimension A 30 mm Drawing dimension B 16.5 mm Drawing dimension C 47 mm Drawing dimension D 41 mm Drawing dimension KA 23 mm Drawing dimension KB 20.5 mm Drawing dimension PA 17.5 mm Drawing dimension PB 11.5 mm Drawing K M5 × 0.8; the illustration marks two K mounting positions Drawing P — two connection callouts NPT 1/8 inch Selected Control Head and Replacement Reference The values below describe the selected actuator or control-head assembly. They are separate from the body drawing and must not be added indiscriminately to the body dimensions. Control-head drawing reference Value Head base width 36 mm Head base depth 30 mm Panel allowance reference 6 mm Panel mounting thread M22 × 1.25 Button / selector diameter 28.5 mm Head height reference 57.5 mm The S3 catalog explicitly lists control-head assembly S3HS05-P13A for this head family. The M3/S3 prefix on a shared replacement head is retained exactly; it does not change this valve’s S3 ordering code. This valve includes its selected actuator; a second head is not required for normal operation. Dimension Drawing Reminder All linear drawing values above are in millimeters unless a thread or angle unit is stated. The original drawings retain the dimension-arrow relationships, actuator orientations and port views that cannot be fully represented by a two-column table. For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal Components — Catalog Reference The sectioned illustration is labeled S3PM. Its numbered components are listed below as a series construction reference. This is not a spare-parts kit or an assertion that every actuator variation has an identical exploded assembly. Materials are stated only where the catalog expressly supplies them. Drawing item Component 1 Body 2 Bottom cover 3 Stopper plug 4 Valve core 5 Cross-head screw 6 Button pressing buckle 7 Spring 8 Clamping washer 9 Dust cover 10 Button cap 11 Main button body 12 Top cover 13 Button retaining ring 14 Clamping nut 15 Button holder 16 Button fixing connector 17 O-ring 18 Spring 19 Spring 20 O-ring Flow Characteristics The catalog flow chart for S3B-06 plots operating pressure in MPa on the vertical axis from 0 to 0.8, and flow in L/min on the horizontal axis from 0 to 900. The family of curves illustrates the pressure/flow relationship. Axis limits are graph bounds, not guaranteed rated flow values for this complete valve; use the supplied curve and the required pressure conditions. Supply Scope and Related Heads This ordering code identifies one valve with its selected control-head form. It does not encode a multiple-valve assembly, a spare head, a silencer, mounting-panel hardware or pneumatic tubing. Where the catalog lists a separately orderable head, its exact code is given above as a replacement reference; the source does not provide a screw/gasket quantity breakdown for a service kit. Series Ordering Options The S3 family offers B, C, D, Y, R, L and V heads; red-only PL; and PP, PF, PM and HS in red, green or black. Port options are M5, 06 (1/8 inch) and 08 (1/4 inch). The original linked ordering chart uses M5 for the metric complete-valve code, while some replacement-head and Chinese drawing labels use 05; those labels do not authorize changing this listing code. For 1/8 and 1/4 inch connections, a blank thread suffix means PT, G means G thread and T means NPT. M5 connections have no such thread suffix. These are series alternatives; the selected configuration is the one decoded above. Reference Weight Catalog reference weight: 79 g, from the S3HS row of the 2022 comprehensive catalog weight table (paper page 300). The catalog weight table identifies the control-head family without a port, color or thread suffix. This is that published family reference, not an independently measured weight for every option. The table states that weights are for reference only; actual weight is determined by the delivered product. This is not a measured or packaged shipping weight. Catalog Basis Technical information is taken from the linked S3 catalog and cross-checked against the 2022 comprehensive catalog, paper pages 140–142 (PDF pages 141–143). The paper-page-300 weight table is cited separately above. No unrelated series dimensions or weights are substituted. Matching Accessory Codes and Conditions Item Complete codes and use HS replacement heads (green/red/black) These are optional replacement selector heads for the same S3 HS head form on the M5, 06 or 08 body. Replacement-head suffixes -P11A, -P12A and -P13A mean green, red and black, respectively. The valve already includes its selected black head; order a spare separately only when needed. Retain the selected head form and follow the operating-travel, reset and mounting instructions above. These are control-head assemblies, not complete valves.S3HS05-P11A,S3HS05-P12A Optional Piping Accessories P = this S3 valve’s female supply connection (NPT1/8); W = its female controlled working connection A (NPT1/8). The body drawing’s 2-P callout gives the two connection sizes; K identifies mounting threads, not pneumatic ports. Keep supply and working circuits separate. Multiple keys retain each use. Tube OD is mm (in = inches); compression/tubing show OD × ID. These piping accessories are optional and ordered separately. Code-prefix uses (match the longest listed family prefix): ASC inline threaded flow control; GAFR upstream filter-regulator; NBB male–male; NBKC compression fitting; NBPC metal straight; NPC straight; NPEB branch tee; NPED run tee; NPH banjo elbow; NPHF female branch banjo; NPHW twin banjo; NPKD reducing distribution fitting; NPL elbow; NPLL extended elbow; NPSA inline flow control; NPSS flow control; NPTL push-lock flow control; NPYB Y; NPZB cross; NUE PU tube. Use Size / complete codes P ASC10006T,GAFR20006ST P,W (discontinued) male NPT1/8 ↔ male NPT1/4: NBB1/8-1/4male NPT1/8 ↔ male NPT1/8: NBB1/8-1/8male NPT1/8 ↔ male NPT3/8: NBB1/8-3/81/4 × 5/32 in: NBKC1/4-5/32-1/85/16 × 1/5 in: NBKC5/16-1/5-1/85/32 × 3/32 in: NBKC5/32-3/32-1/81/4 in: NBPC1/4-1/8,NPH1/4-1/8,NPHW1/4-1/8,NPLL1/4-1/8,NPSS1/4-1/8A,NPSS1/4-1/8B,NPZB1/4-1/83/8 in: NBPC3/8-1/8,NPLL3/8-1/85/16 in: NBPC5/16-1/8,NPH5/16-1/8,NPHW5/16-1/8,NPLL5/16-1/8,NPSS5/16-1/8A,NPSS5/16-1/8B,NPZB5/16-1/85/32 in: NBPC5/32-1/8,NPH5/32-1/8,NPHW5/32-1/8,NPLL5/32-1/81/4 in; male RA NPT1/8 / female RB NPT1/8: NPHF1/4-1/85/16 in; male RA NPT1/8 / female RB NPT1/8: NPHF5/16-1/85/32 in; male RA NPT1/8 / female RB NPT1/8: NPHF5/32-1/8main 1/4 / branches 5/32 in: NPKD1/4-5/32-1/8 P,W 1/4 in: NPC1/4-1/8,NPEB1/4-1/8,NPED1/4-1/8,NPL1/4-1/8,NPSA1/4,NPTL1/4-1/8A,NPTL1/4-1/8B,NPYB1/4-1/83/8 in: NPC3/8-1/8,NPEB3/8-1/8,NPED3/8-1/8,NPL3/8-1/8,NPSA3/8,NPYB3/8-1/85/16 in: NPC5/16-1/8,NPEB5/16-1/8,NPED5/16-1/8,NPL5/16-1/8,NPSA5/16,NPTL5/16-1/8A,NPTL5/16-1/8B,NPYB5/16-1/85/32 in: NPC5/32-1/8,NPEB5/32-1/8,NPED5/32-1/8,NPL5/32-1/8,NPSA5/32,NPTL5/32-1/8A,NPTL5/32-1/8B,NPYB5/32-1/85/32 × 3/32 in: NUE95A5/32X3/32-100BK,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100BR,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100BU,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100C,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100CB,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100CE,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100CG,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100CR,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100CY,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100GA,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100GE,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100GN,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100R,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100WH,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100Y,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250BK,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250BR,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250BU,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250C,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250CB,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250CE,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250CG,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250CR,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250CY,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250GA,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250GE,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250GN,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250R,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250WH,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250Y,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500BK,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500BR,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500BU,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500C,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500CB,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500CE,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500CG,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500CR,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500CY,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500GA,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500GE,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500GN,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500R,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500WH,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500Y Match PT/G/NPT exactly. Use the specified thread seal or face gasket. Match tube OD and compression OD/ID; metric and inch sizes are not interchangeable. Use suitable soft nylon/PU tube and check seating, clearance, bends and flow. Tighten compression bodies by the hex, not tube nuts. Where listed: D is black, blank grey, -M miniature; -S denotes only the specified 304 stainless parts. NPSA are tube-side flow controls and need separate matching tube connections; they do not screw directly into P or W. NPHF use male RA at the valve; female RB requires its own matching male thread and seal and is not a tube socket. Match both adapter ends to their separate mating parts. Branches join one circuit. Keep supply P and working A separate; do not bridge these paths. Standard push-in fittings and flow-control parts: ≤1 MPa, −20–70°C. NBPC/compression fittings/thread adapters: ≤1 MPa. The listed metal push-in, compression and adapter groups have a 0–150°C range, limiting the connected valve path to 0–70°C or narrower. Apply every stricter component limit; no system vacuum rating is established. This mechanically or manually operated S3 valve operates at 0–1 MPa and −20–70°C with 40 µm filtered air. Accessory limits may narrow that range; proof pressure is not working pressure. The piping choices are optional and ordered separately, and do not establish separately orderable panel-mounting or internal-part kits. Flow-control suffix A restricts thread→tube, with free reverse flow; suffix B reverses it. Supply normally flows tube→thread. At valve working port A, suffix A restricts flow to the actuator and suffix B the return; cylinder-mounted orientation differs. Follow the flow symbols, including NPSA. Closed controls are not leak-tight isolation. Adjust gently without forcing stops; depressurize before tube removal. Never cap an active supply or working connection. ASC is a separately connected upstream supply flow control, assigned to P only. Both female ports require matching male connections; follow its P/A markings. Its limits are 0.05–0.95 MPa and −20–70°C with ≤40 µm filtration. The complete valve path must meet these and every stricter component limit; the valve’s 0–1 MPa range does not extend the ASC rating. GAFR is a separately connected upstream supply filter/regulator, assigned to P only. Both female ports require matching male piping; follow IN→OUT and check total flow and bowl/environment suitability. Inlet ≤1 MPa; regulation 0.15–0.9 MPa; −5–70°C, nonfreezing. Apply every stricter valve/component limit. Listed GAFR S versions have a 40 µm filter, PC bowl, differential/manual drain, bracket and round snap-in gauge (psi/bar), without a reverse-flow valve. Air lubrication is not required. If lubricated air is introduced, continue with consistent lubrication using ISO VG32 or equivalent oil. NPTL maximum cap-adjustment torque: 1/8: 0.08 N·m. These are not thread-installation torques. NBKC5/32-3/32-1/8 specifies 3/32 in ID in its dimension row, but the selection matrix differs. Confirm that ID with the supplier before selecting the tube. The listed NUE95A tubes serve P and W only through a listed exact 5/32 in OD connection; they do not connect directly to an NPT thread. For NBKC5/32-3/32-1/8, the supplier must also confirm 3/32 in ID. Do not substitute 4 mm, 3.2 mm, 3 mm or 1/8 in OD tube. NUE95A5/32X3/32 is ether-based PU, Shore A95±2, with 5/32 in OD × 3/32 in ID and 1/32 in wall. Working pressure is 145 psi at 73°F; 363 psi is burst pressure, not a working rating. Temperature range: −40–158°F; minimum bend radius: 8 mm. Derate with increasing temperature and obey every stricter valve, fitting and tube limit. In NUE codes, 100/250/500 after the hyphen are coil lengths in feet, not metres. Colours: BU blue, BK black, GE orange, C clear, WH white, CB clear blue, R red, Y yellow, GA gray, GN green, BR brown, CR clear red, CG clear green, CY clear yellow, CE clear orange. Match the complete length-and-colour code. Current lifecycle and supply of these catalog-listed tubes are unverified; confirm the exact item or an approved replacement before ordering. Items marked discontinued are historical service references, not current standard recommendations. Confirm availability or a manufacturer-approved replacement. An unmarked catalogue entry does not promise current production, stock or delivery. All listed options are ordered separately.

  Read more less

  $21.10

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac S3 series: manually operated directional valve - S3HSM5R

  Specifications: S3HSM5R is an AirTAC S3 control valve with 3 ports, 2 positions, a selector actuator and M5 × 0.8 connections. Button/selector color R is red. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Functional Alternative Statement Airtac S3 series valves are functional alternatives to SMC VM200 series valves. Model Code Explained Parameter Details Exact ordering code S3HSM5R Series S3 3 ports, 2 positions; external direct mechanical control Control-head code HS Selector Port-size code M5 M5 × 0.8 Thread option No thread suffix for the M5 × 0.8 port Color code R Red Technical Specifications Parameter Details Fluid Air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating method External direct acting Valve function 3 ports, 2 positions Selected control form selector Working connection M5 × 0.8 Effective flow area 2.5 mm² Cv 0.14 Operating-pressure range 0–1.0 MPa (0–145 psi) Proof pressure 1.5 MPa (215 psi) Working temperature −20 to 70 °C Body material Aluminum alloy Lubrication Not required Features and Pneumatic Operation The shut-off/poppet construction provides internal sealing and sensitive directional switching without a lubrication requirement. The valve supports body mounting and the illustrated panel arrangements for the applicable control head. The selected control head is manually operated. The available head forms serve different operator controls; only the head encoded in this exact model is selected here. Lubrication is not required. If lubricated air is introduced, continue using the same lubrication medium without interruption; the catalog recommends ISO VG32 oil or an equivalent grade. Port letters identify P as the supply, A as the controlled outlet and R as exhaust. The graphical symbol in the PDF defines the exact flow paths for the selected actuator and valve position. Selected Operating Travel Parameter Details Valve-spool stroke 2.4–4.0 mm Button / roller / handle stroke 5.1–6.7 mm The listed stroke ranges are installation limits for the selected control form. Travel is not an added body dimension. Use the drawing orientation and do not drive the mechanism past its stated range. Installation, Travel Limits and Operation Mount the valve through the body fixing points or use the illustrated panel arrangement where the selected head permits it. Keep the body and head aligned and retain access to the pneumatic ports. The catalog does not state a general screw-tightening torque. Do not exceed the selected spool and actuator stroke ranges. Excess travel imposed by the external mechanism can cause leakage or damage. Engineering-plastic button components must be operated by hand and must not be struck with metal tools; the dedicated mechanical roller/plunger models are actuated by their intended external mechanism. This control form is manually reset. Return the lever or selector deliberately to the required position; it is not described as an automatically returning pushbutton. Body and Mounting Dimensions The S3B body drawing supplies the base dimensions for the selected port size. A selected control head is shown separately; its dimensions are not a complete assembled-valve envelope. Drawing reference Value Drawing dimension A 26 mm Drawing dimension B 16.5 mm Drawing dimension C 36 mm Drawing dimension D 30 mm Drawing dimension KA 16 mm Drawing dimension KB 15 mm Drawing dimension PA 13 mm Drawing dimension PB 9 mm Drawing K M5 × 0.8; the illustration marks two K mounting positions Drawing P — two connection callouts M5 × 0.8 Selected Control Head and Replacement Reference The values below describe the selected actuator or control-head assembly. They are separate from the body drawing and must not be added indiscriminately to the body dimensions. Control-head drawing reference Value Head base width 36 mm Head base depth 30 mm Panel allowance reference 6 mm Panel mounting thread M22 × 1.25 Button / selector diameter 28.5 mm Head height reference 57.5 mm The S3 catalog explicitly lists control-head assembly S3HS05-P12A for this head family. The M3/S3 prefix on a shared replacement head is retained exactly; it does not change this valve’s S3 ordering code. This valve includes its selected actuator; a second head is not required for normal operation. Dimension Drawing Reminder All linear drawing values above are in millimeters unless a thread or angle unit is stated. The original drawings retain the dimension-arrow relationships, actuator orientations and port views that cannot be fully represented by a two-column table. For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal Components — Catalog Reference The sectioned illustration is labeled S3PM. Its numbered components are listed below as a series construction reference. This is not a spare-parts kit or an assertion that every actuator variation has an identical exploded assembly. Materials are stated only where the catalog expressly supplies them. Drawing item Component 1 Body 2 Bottom cover 3 Stopper plug 4 Valve core 5 Cross-head screw 6 Button pressing buckle 7 Spring 8 Clamping washer 9 Dust cover 10 Button cap 11 Main button body 12 Top cover 13 Button retaining ring 14 Clamping nut 15 Button holder 16 Button fixing connector 17 O-ring 18 Spring 19 Spring 20 O-ring Flow Characteristics The catalog flow chart for S3B-M5 plots operating pressure in MPa on the vertical axis from 0 to 0.8, and flow in L/min on the horizontal axis from 0 to 300. The family of curves illustrates the pressure/flow relationship. Axis limits are graph bounds, not guaranteed rated flow values for this complete valve; use the supplied curve and the required pressure conditions. Supply Scope and Related Heads This ordering code identifies one valve with its selected control-head form. It does not encode a multiple-valve assembly, a spare head, a silencer, mounting-panel hardware or pneumatic tubing. Where the catalog lists a separately orderable head, its exact code is given above as a replacement reference; the source does not provide a screw/gasket quantity breakdown for a service kit. Series Ordering Options The S3 family offers B, C, D, Y, R, L and V heads; red-only PL; and PP, PF, PM and HS in red, green or black. Port options are M5, 06 (1/8 inch) and 08 (1/4 inch). The original linked ordering chart uses M5 for the metric complete-valve code, while some replacement-head and Chinese drawing labels use 05; those labels do not authorize changing this listing code. For 1/8 and 1/4 inch connections, a blank thread suffix means PT, G means G thread and T means NPT. M5 connections have no such thread suffix. These are series alternatives; the selected configuration is the one decoded above. Reference Weight Catalog reference weight: 79 g, from the S3HS row of the 2022 comprehensive catalog weight table (paper page 300). The catalog weight table identifies the control-head family without a port, color or thread suffix. This is that published family reference, not an independently measured weight for every option. The table states that weights are for reference only; actual weight is determined by the delivered product. This is not a measured or packaged shipping weight. Catalog Basis Technical information is taken from the linked S3 catalog and cross-checked against the 2022 comprehensive catalog, paper pages 140–142 (PDF pages 141–143). The paper-page-300 weight table is cited separately above. No unrelated series dimensions or weights are substituted. Matching Accessory Codes and Conditions Item Complete codes and use HS replacement heads (green/red/black) These are optional replacement selector heads for the same S3 HS head form on the M5, 06 or 08 body. Replacement-head suffixes -P11A, -P12A and -P13A mean green, red and black, respectively. The valve already includes its selected red head; order a spare separately only when needed. Retain the selected head form and follow the operating-travel, reset and mounting instructions above. These are control-head assemblies, not complete valves.S3HS05-P11A,S3HS05-P13A Optional Piping Accessories P = this S3 valve’s female supply connection (M5); W = its female controlled working connection A (M5). The body drawing’s 2-P callout gives the two connection sizes; K identifies mounting threads, not pneumatic ports. Keep supply and working circuits separate. M5 means M5 × 0.8. Multiple keys retain each use. Tube OD is mm (in = inches); compression/tubing show OD × ID. These piping accessories are optional and ordered separately. Code-prefix uses (match the longest listed family prefix): BKC/GBKC compression fitting; BPC/GBPC metal straight; BPOC metal straight; GPC/PC straight; GPEB/PEB branch tee; GPED/PED run tee; GPH/PH banjo elbow; GPHF/PHF female branch banjo; GPL/PL elbow; GPLL/PLL extended elbow; GPSA/PSA inline flow control; GPSS/PSS flow control; GPYB/PYB Y; POC round straight; PSL elbow flow control; PTL push-lock flow control; UE PU tube; US PU tube. Use Size / complete codes P,W 4 × 2.5: BKC0425-M5,BKC0425-M5-S,GBKC0425-M5,UE95A040025100MBU,US98A040025100MBU4: BPC4M5,BPOC4M5,GBPC4M5,GPC4M5-M,GPC4M5D-M,GPEB4M5,GPEB4M5D,GPED4M5,GPED4M5D,GPH4M5,GPH4M5D,GPHF4M5,GPHF4M5D,GPL4M5,GPL4M5-M,GPL4M5D,GPL4M5D-M,GPLL4M5,GPLL4M5D,GPSA4,GPSA4D,GPSS4M5A,GPSS4M5AD,GPSS4M5B,GPSS4M5BD,GPYB4M5,GPYB4M5D,PC4M5,PC4M5-M,PC4M5-S,PC4M5D,PC4M5D-M,PC4M5D-S,PEB4M5,PEB4M5-S,PEB4M5D,PEB4M5D-S,PED4M5,PED4M5-S,PED4M5D,PED4M5D-S,PH4M5,PH4M5-S,PH4M5D,PH4M5D-S,PHF4M5,PHF4M5-S,PHF4M5D,PHF4M5D-S,PL4M5,PL4M5-M,PL4M5-S,PL4M5D,PL4M5D-M,PL4M5D-S,PLL4M5,PLL4M5-S,PLL4M5D,PLL4M5D-S,POC4M5,POC4M5-S,POC4M5D,POC4M5D-S,PSA4,PSA4-S,PSA4D,PSA4D-S,PSL4M5A,PSL4M5A-S,PSL4M5AD,PSL4M5AD-S,PSL4M5B,PSL4M5B-S,PSL4M5BD,PSL4M5BD-S,PSS4M5A,PSS4M5A-S,PSS4M5AD,PSS4M5AD-S,PSS4M5B,PSS4M5B-S,PSS4M5BD,PSS4M5BD-S,PTL4M5A-M,PTL4M5AD-M,PTL4M5B-M,PTL4M5BD-M,PYB4M5,PYB4M5-S,PYB4M5D,PYB4M5D-S6: BPC6M5,BPOC6M5,GBPC6M5,GPC6M5,GPC6M5-M,GPC6M5D,GPC6M5D-M,GPEB6M5,GPEB6M5D,GPED6M5,GPED6M5D,GPH6M5,GPH6M5D,GPHF6M5,GPHF6M5D,GPL6M5,GPL6M5-M,GPL6M5D,GPL6M5D-M,GPLL6M5,GPLL6M5D,GPSA6,GPSA6D,GPYB6M5,GPYB6M5D,PC6M5,PC6M5-M,PC6M5-S,PC6M5D,PC6M5D-M,PC6M5D-S,PEB6M5,PEB6M5-S,PEB6M5D,PEB6M5D-S,PED6M5,PED6M5-S,PED6M5D,PED6M5D-S,PH6M5,PH6M5-S,PH6M5D,PH6M5D-S,PHF6M5,PHF6M5-S,PHF6M5D,PHF6M5D-S,PL6M5,PL6M5-M,PL6M5-S,PL6M5D,PL6M5D-M,PL6M5D-S,PLL6M5,PLL6M5-S,PLL6M5D,PLL6M5D-S,POC6M5,POC6M5-S,POC6M5D,POC6M5D-S,PSA6,PSA6-S,PSA6D,PSA6D-S,PSL6M5A,PSL6M5A-S,PSL6M5AD,PSL6M5AD-S,PSL6M5B,PSL6M5B-S,PSL6M5BD,PSL6M5BD-S,PTL6M5A-M,PTL6M5AD-M,PTL6M5B-M,PTL6M5BD-M,PYB6M5,PYB6M5-S,PYB6M5D,PYB6M5D-S3.2: GPC3.2M5-M,GPC3.2M5D-M,GPL3.2M5-M,GPL3.2M5D-M,PC3.2M5-M,PC3.2M5D-M,PL3.2M5-M,PL3.2M5D-M3.2 × 2: UE95A032020100MBU,US98A032020100MBU6 × 4: UE95A060040100MBU,US98A060040100MBU Match PT/G/NPT exactly. M5, including G-prefixed M5, is M5 × 0.8, not #10-32UNF. Use the specified thread seal or face gasket. Match tube OD and compression OD/ID; metric and inch sizes are not interchangeable. Use suitable soft nylon/PU tube and check seating, clearance, bends and flow. Tighten compression bodies by the hex, not tube nuts. Where listed: D is black, blank grey, -M miniature; -S denotes only the specified 304 stainless parts. PSA/GPSA are tube-side flow controls and need separate matching tube connections; they do not screw directly into P or W. PHF/GPHF use male RA at the valve; female RB requires its own matching male thread and seal and is not a tube socket. Branches join one circuit. Keep supply P and working A separate; do not bridge these paths. Standard push-in fittings and flow-control parts: ≤1 MPa, −20–70°C. Metal BPC/BPOC/GBPC: ≤0.9 MPa; compression fittings: ≤1 MPa. The listed metal push-in and compression groups have a 0–150°C range, limiting the connected valve path to 0–70°C or narrower. Apply every stricter component limit; no system vacuum rating is established. This mechanically or manually operated S3 valve operates at 0–1 MPa and −20–70°C with 40 µm filtered air. Accessory limits may narrow that range; proof pressure is not working pressure. The piping choices are optional and ordered separately, and do not establish separately orderable panel-mounting or internal-part kits. Flow-control suffix A restricts thread→tube, with free reverse flow; suffix B reverses it. Supply normally flows tube→thread. At valve working port A, suffix A restricts flow to the actuator and suffix B the return; cylinder-mounted orientation differs. Follow the flow symbols, including PSA/GPSA. Closed controls are not leak-tight isolation. Adjust gently without forcing stops; depressurize before tube removal. Never cap an active supply or working connection. US98A/UE95A examples are separately ordered blue 100 m metric PU coils rated 1 MPa at 23°C. US98A: −20–70°C; UE95A: −40–70°C. Match OD/ID and derate as temperature rises within valve/component limits; 1 MPa is not assured throughout. Use inch tube where the selected connection requires it; metric tube is not a substitute. PTL recommended cap-adjustment torque: miniature M5 PTL: 0.05 N·m. These are not thread-installation torques. Items marked discontinued are historical service references, not current standard recommendations. Confirm availability or a manufacturer-approved replacement. An unmarked catalogue entry does not promise current production, stock or delivery. All listed options are ordered separately.

  Read more less

  $19.32

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac S3 series: manually operated directional valve - S3Y06G

  Specifications: S3Y06G is an AirTAC S3 control valve with 3 ports, 2 positions, a hand lever actuator and G 1/8 inch connections. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Functional Alternative Statement Airtac S3 series valves are functional alternatives to SMC VM200 series valves. Model Code Explained Parameter Details Exact ordering code S3Y06G Series S3 3 ports, 2 positions; external direct mechanical control Control-head code Y Hand lever Port-size code 06 G 1/8 inch Thread option G = G Color suffix Not used for this control-head type Technical Specifications Parameter Details Fluid Air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating method External direct acting Valve function 3 ports, 2 positions Selected control form hand lever Working connection G 1/8 inch Effective flow area 8.0 mm² Cv 0.45 Operating-pressure range 0–1.0 MPa (0–145 psi) Proof pressure 1.5 MPa (215 psi) Working temperature −20 to 70 °C Body material Aluminum alloy Lubrication Not required Features and Pneumatic Operation The shut-off/poppet construction provides internal sealing and sensitive directional switching without a lubrication requirement. The valve supports body mounting and the illustrated panel arrangements for the applicable control head. The selected control head is manually operated. The available head forms serve different operator controls; only the head encoded in this exact model is selected here. The catalog identifies this control-head family as using a metal mechanism for durability and stable operation. That statement does not assign an unspecified material to every internal component. Lubrication is not required. If lubricated air is introduced, continue using the same lubrication medium without interruption; the catalog recommends ISO VG32 oil or an equivalent grade. Port letters identify P as the supply, A as the controlled outlet and R as exhaust. The graphical symbol in the PDF defines the exact flow paths for the selected actuator and valve position. Selected Operating Travel Parameter Details Selected Y-lever travel The reversal-stroke table does not give a numerical Y-lever stroke. Use its dedicated lever drawing; a pushbutton or roller stroke is not substituted. The listed stroke ranges are installation limits for the selected control form. Travel is not an added body dimension. Use the drawing orientation and do not drive the mechanism past its stated range. Installation, Travel Limits and Operation Mount the valve through the body fixing points or use the illustrated panel arrangement where the selected head permits it. Keep the body and head aligned and retain access to the pneumatic ports. The catalog does not state a general screw-tightening torque. Do not exceed the selected spool and actuator stroke ranges. Excess travel imposed by the external mechanism can cause leakage or damage. Engineering-plastic button components must be operated by hand and must not be struck with metal tools; the dedicated mechanical roller/plunger models are actuated by their intended external mechanism. This control form is manually reset. Return the lever or selector deliberately to the required position; it is not described as an automatically returning pushbutton. Body and Mounting Dimensions The S3B body drawing supplies the base dimensions for the selected port size. A selected control head is shown separately; its dimensions are not a complete assembled-valve envelope. Drawing reference Value Drawing dimension A 30 mm Drawing dimension B 16.5 mm Drawing dimension C 47 mm Drawing dimension D 41 mm Drawing dimension KA 23 mm Drawing dimension KB 20.5 mm Drawing dimension PA 17.5 mm Drawing dimension PB 11.5 mm Drawing K M5 × 0.8; the illustration marks two K mounting positions Drawing P — two connection callouts G 1/8 inch Selected Control Head and Replacement Reference The values below describe the selected actuator or control-head assembly. They are separate from the body drawing and must not be added indiscriminately to the body dimensions. Control-head drawing reference Value Head height reference 42 mm Head base length 33.5 mm Plan length reference 37 mm Head width 16.5 mm Local vertical reference 17 mm Lower vertical reference 10.5 mm The S3 catalog explicitly lists control-head assembly M3Y210-P13A for this head family. The M3/S3 prefix on a shared replacement head is retained exactly; it does not change this valve’s S3 ordering code. This valve includes its selected actuator; a second head is not required for normal operation. Dimension Drawing Reminder All linear drawing values above are in millimeters unless a thread or angle unit is stated. The original drawings retain the dimension-arrow relationships, actuator orientations and port views that cannot be fully represented by a two-column table. For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal Components — Catalog Reference The sectioned illustration is labeled S3PM. Its numbered components are listed below as a series construction reference. This is not a spare-parts kit or an assertion that every actuator variation has an identical exploded assembly. Materials are stated only where the catalog expressly supplies them. Drawing item Component 1 Body 2 Bottom cover 3 Stopper plug 4 Valve core 5 Cross-head screw 6 Button pressing buckle 7 Spring 8 Clamping washer 9 Dust cover 10 Button cap 11 Main button body 12 Top cover 13 Button retaining ring 14 Clamping nut 15 Button holder 16 Button fixing connector 17 O-ring 18 Spring 19 Spring 20 O-ring Flow Characteristics The catalog flow chart for S3B-06 plots operating pressure in MPa on the vertical axis from 0 to 0.8, and flow in L/min on the horizontal axis from 0 to 900. The family of curves illustrates the pressure/flow relationship. Axis limits are graph bounds, not guaranteed rated flow values for this complete valve; use the supplied curve and the required pressure conditions. Supply Scope and Related Heads This ordering code identifies one valve with its selected control-head form. It does not encode a multiple-valve assembly, a spare head, a silencer, mounting-panel hardware or pneumatic tubing. Where the catalog lists a separately orderable head, its exact code is given above as a replacement reference; the source does not provide a screw/gasket quantity breakdown for a service kit. Series Ordering Options The S3 family offers B, C, D, Y, R, L and V heads; red-only PL; and PP, PF, PM and HS in red, green or black. Port options are M5, 06 (1/8 inch) and 08 (1/4 inch). The original linked ordering chart uses M5 for the metric complete-valve code, while some replacement-head and Chinese drawing labels use 05; those labels do not authorize changing this listing code. For 1/8 and 1/4 inch connections, a blank thread suffix means PT, G means G thread and T means NPT. M5 connections have no such thread suffix. These are series alternatives; the selected configuration is the one decoded above. Reference Weight Catalog reference weight: 115 g, from the S3Y row of the 2022 comprehensive catalog weight table (paper page 300). The catalog weight table identifies the control-head family without a port, color or thread suffix. This is that published family reference, not an independently measured weight for every option. The table states that weights are for reference only; actual weight is determined by the delivered product. This is not a measured or packaged shipping weight. Catalog Basis Technical information is taken from the linked S3 catalog and cross-checked against the 2022 comprehensive catalog, paper pages 140–142 (PDF pages 141–143). The paper-page-300 weight table is cited separately above. No unrelated series dimensions or weights are substituted. Optional Piping Accessories P = this S3 valve’s female supply connection (G1/8); W = its female controlled working connection A (G1/8). The body drawing’s 2-P callout gives the two connection sizes; K identifies mounting threads, not pneumatic ports. Keep supply and working circuits separate. Multiple keys retain each use. Tube OD is mm (in = inches); compression/tubing show OD × ID. These piping accessories are optional and ordered separately. Code-prefix uses (match the longest listed family prefix): ASC inline threaded flow control; GAFR upstream filter-regulator; GBB male–male; GBKC compression fitting; GBPC metal straight; GPC straight; GPEB branch tee; GPED run tee; GPH banjo elbow; GPHF female branch banjo; GPHW twin banjo; GPKD reducing distribution fitting; GPL elbow; GPLL extended elbow; GPSA/PSA inline flow control; GPSS flow control; GPTL push-lock flow control; GPYB Y; GPZB cross; UE PU tube; US PU tube. Use Size / complete codes P ASC10006G,GAFR20006SG P,W male G1/8 ↔ male G1/8: GBB0101male G1/4 ↔ male G1/8: GBB0102male G3/8 ↔ male G1/8: GBB01034 × 2.5: GBKC0425-01,UE95A040025100MBU,US98A040025100MBU6 × 4: GBKC0604-01,UE95A060040100MBU,US98A060040100MBU8 × 5: GBKC0805-01,UE95A080050100MBU,US98A080050100MBU8 × 5.5 or 6: GBKC0806-0110: GBPC1001,GPC1001,GPC1001D,GPEB1001,GPEB1001D,GPED1001,GPED1001D,GPL1001,GPL1001D,GPLL1001,GPLL1001D,GPSA10,GPSA10D,GPYB1001,GPYB1001D,PSA10,PSA10-S,PSA10D,PSA10D-S4: GBPC401,GPC401-M,GPC401D-M,GPEB401,GPEB401D,GPED401,GPED401D,GPH401,GPH401D,GPHW401,GPHW401D,GPL401-M,GPL401D-M,GPLL401,GPLL401D,GPSA4,GPSA4D,GPYB401,GPYB401D,PSA4,PSA4-S,PSA4D,PSA4D-S6: GBPC601,GPC601,GPC601-M,GPC601D,GPC601D-M,GPEB601,GPEB601D,GPED601,GPED601D,GPH601,GPH601D,GPHW601,GPHW601D,GPL601,GPL601-M,GPL601D,GPL601D-M,GPLL601,GPLL601D,GPSA6,GPSA6D,GPSS601A,GPSS601AD,GPSS601B,GPSS601BD,GPTL601A,GPTL601AD,GPTL601B,GPTL601BD,GPYB601,GPYB601D,GPZB601,GPZB601D,PSA6,PSA6-S,PSA6D,PSA6D-S8: GBPC801,GPC801,GPC801D,GPEB801,GPEB801D,GPED801,GPED801D,GPH801,GPH801D,GPHW801,GPHW801D,GPL801,GPL801D,GPLL801,GPLL801D,GPSA8,GPSA8D,GPSS801A,GPSS801AD,GPSS801B,GPSS801BD,GPTL801A,GPTL801AD,GPTL801B,GPTL801BD,GPYB801,GPYB801D,GPZB801,GPZB801D,PSA8,PSA8-S,PSA8D,PSA8D-S12: GPC1201,GPC1201D,GPL1201,GPL1201D,GPSA12,GPSA12D,PSA12,PSA12-S,PSA12D,PSA12D-S4; male RA G1/8 / female RB G1/8: GPHF401,GPHF401D6; male RA G1/8 / female RB G1/8: GPHF601,GPHF601D8; male RA G1/8 / female RB G1/8: GPHF801,GPHF801Dmain 6 / branch 4: GPKD6-401,GPKD6-401D10 × 6.5: UE95A100065100MBU,US98A100065100MBU12 × 8: UE95A120080100MBU,US98A120080100MBU Match PT/G/NPT exactly. Use the specified thread seal or face gasket. Match tube OD and compression OD/ID; metric and inch sizes are not interchangeable. Use suitable soft nylon/PU tube and check seating, clearance, bends and flow. Tighten compression bodies by the hex, not tube nuts. Where listed: D is black, blank grey, -M miniature; -S denotes only the specified 304 stainless parts. PSA/GPSA are tube-side flow controls and need separate matching tube connections; they do not screw directly into P or W. GPHF use male RA at the valve; female RB requires its own matching male thread and seal and is not a tube socket. Match both adapter ends to their separate mating parts. Branches join one circuit. Keep supply P and working A separate; do not bridge these paths. Standard push-in fittings and flow-control parts: ≤1 MPa, −20–70°C. Metal GBPC: ≤0.9 MPa; compression fittings/thread adapters: ≤1 MPa. The listed metal push-in, compression and adapter groups have a 0–150°C range, limiting the connected valve path to 0–70°C or narrower. Apply every stricter component limit; no system vacuum rating is established. This mechanically or manually operated S3 valve operates at 0–1 MPa and −20–70°C with 40 µm filtered air. Accessory limits may narrow that range; proof pressure is not working pressure. The piping choices are optional and ordered separately, and do not establish separately orderable panel-mounting or internal-part kits. Flow-control suffix A restricts thread→tube, with free reverse flow; suffix B reverses it. Supply normally flows tube→thread. At valve working port A, suffix A restricts flow to the actuator and suffix B the return; cylinder-mounted orientation differs. Follow the flow symbols, including PSA/GPSA. Closed controls are not leak-tight isolation. Adjust gently without forcing stops; depressurize before tube removal. Never cap an active supply or working connection. ASC is a separately connected upstream supply flow control, assigned to P only. Both female ports require matching male connections; follow its P/A markings. Its limits are 0.05–0.95 MPa and −20–70°C with ≤40 µm filtration. The complete valve path must meet these and every stricter component limit; the valve’s 0–1 MPa range does not extend the ASC rating. GAFR is a separately connected upstream supply filter/regulator, assigned to P only. Both female ports require matching male piping; follow IN→OUT and check total flow and bowl/environment suitability. Inlet ≤1 MPa; regulation 0.15–0.9 MPa; −5–70°C, nonfreezing. Apply every stricter valve/component limit. Listed GAFR S versions have a 40 µm filter, PC bowl, differential/manual drain, bracket and round snap-in gauge (bar/MPa), without a reverse-flow valve. Air lubrication is not required. If lubricated air is introduced, continue with consistent lubrication using ISO VG32 or equivalent oil. US98A/UE95A examples are separately ordered blue 100 m metric PU coils rated 1 MPa at 23°C. US98A: −20–70°C; UE95A: −40–70°C. Match OD/ID and derate as temperature rises within valve/component limits; 1 MPa is not assured throughout. Use inch tube where the selected connection requires it; metric tube is not a substitute. GPTL recommended cap-adjustment torque: 1/8: 0.08 N·m. These are not thread-installation torques. Items marked discontinued are historical service references, not current standard recommendations. Confirm availability or a manufacturer-approved replacement. An unmarked catalogue entry does not promise current production, stock or delivery. All listed options are ordered separately.

  Read more less

  $21.10

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac S3 series: mechanically operated directional valve - S3B06G

  Specifications: S3B06G is an AirTAC S3 control valve with 3 ports, 2 positions, a basic plunger actuator and G 1/8 inch connections. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Functional Alternative Statement Airtac S3 series valves are functional alternatives to SMC VM200 series valves. Model Code Explained Parameter Details Exact ordering code S3B06G Series S3 3 ports, 2 positions; external direct mechanical control Control-head code B Basic plunger Port-size code 06 G 1/8 inch Thread option G = G Color suffix Not used for this control-head type Technical Specifications Parameter Details Fluid Air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating method External direct acting Valve function 3 ports, 2 positions Selected control form basic plunger Working connection G 1/8 inch Effective flow area 8.0 mm² Cv 0.45 Operating-pressure range 0–1.0 MPa (0–145 psi) Proof pressure 1.5 MPa (215 psi) Working temperature −20 to 70 °C Body material Aluminum alloy Lubrication Not required Features and Pneumatic Operation The shut-off/poppet construction provides internal sealing and sensitive directional switching without a lubrication requirement. The valve supports body mounting and the illustrated panel arrangements for the applicable control head. The operating force is supplied by an external machine mechanism. The catalog describes this arrangement for position detection or stroke/limit switching. Lubrication is not required. If lubricated air is introduced, continue using the same lubrication medium without interruption; the catalog recommends ISO VG32 oil or an equivalent grade. Port letters identify P as the supply, A as the controlled outlet and R as exhaust. The graphical symbol in the PDF defines the exact flow paths for the selected actuator and valve position. Selected Operating Travel Parameter Details Valve-spool stroke 2.4–4.0 mm Separate button / roller stroke Not separately stated for the basic plunger The listed stroke ranges are installation limits for the selected control form. Travel is not an added body dimension. Use the drawing orientation and do not drive the mechanism past its stated range. Installation, Travel Limits and Operation Mount the valve through the body fixing points or use the illustrated panel arrangement where the selected head permits it. Keep the body and head aligned and retain access to the pneumatic ports. The catalog does not state a general screw-tightening torque. Do not exceed the selected spool and actuator stroke ranges. Excess travel imposed by the external mechanism can cause leakage or damage. Engineering-plastic button components must be operated by hand and must not be struck with metal tools; the dedicated mechanical roller/plunger models are actuated by their intended external mechanism. The spring-return symbol and the installation notes identify an automatically returning actuation arrangement. Allow the actuator to return freely after releasing the operating force. Body and Mounting Dimensions The S3B body drawing supplies the base dimensions for the selected port size. A selected control head is shown separately; its dimensions are not a complete assembled-valve envelope. Drawing reference Value Drawing dimension A 30 mm Drawing dimension B 16.5 mm Drawing dimension C 47 mm Drawing dimension D 41 mm Drawing dimension KA 23 mm Drawing dimension KB 20.5 mm Drawing dimension PA 17.5 mm Drawing dimension PB 11.5 mm Drawing K M5 × 0.8; the illustration marks two K mounting positions Drawing P — two connection callouts G 1/8 inch Dimension Drawing Reminder All linear drawing values above are in millimeters unless a thread or angle unit is stated. The original drawings retain the dimension-arrow relationships, actuator orientations and port views that cannot be fully represented by a two-column table. For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal Components — Catalog Reference The sectioned illustration is labeled S3PM. Its numbered components are listed below as a series construction reference. This is not a spare-parts kit or an assertion that every actuator variation has an identical exploded assembly. Materials are stated only where the catalog expressly supplies them. Drawing item Component 1 Body 2 Bottom cover 3 Stopper plug 4 Valve core 5 Cross-head screw 6 Button pressing buckle 7 Spring 8 Clamping washer 9 Dust cover 10 Button cap 11 Main button body 12 Top cover 13 Button retaining ring 14 Clamping nut 15 Button holder 16 Button fixing connector 17 O-ring 18 Spring 19 Spring 20 O-ring Flow Characteristics The catalog flow chart for S3B-06 plots operating pressure in MPa on the vertical axis from 0 to 0.8, and flow in L/min on the horizontal axis from 0 to 900. The family of curves illustrates the pressure/flow relationship. Axis limits are graph bounds, not guaranteed rated flow values for this complete valve; use the supplied curve and the required pressure conditions. Supply Scope and Related Heads This ordering code identifies one valve with its selected control-head form. It does not encode a multiple-valve assembly, a spare head, a silencer, mounting-panel hardware or pneumatic tubing. Where the catalog lists a separately orderable head, its exact code is given above as a replacement reference; the source does not provide a screw/gasket quantity breakdown for a service kit. Series Ordering Options The S3 family offers B, C, D, Y, R, L and V heads; red-only PL; and PP, PF, PM and HS in red, green or black. Port options are M5, 06 (1/8 inch) and 08 (1/4 inch). The original linked ordering chart uses M5 for the metric complete-valve code, while some replacement-head and Chinese drawing labels use 05; those labels do not authorize changing this listing code. For 1/8 and 1/4 inch connections, a blank thread suffix means PT, G means G thread and T means NPT. M5 connections have no such thread suffix. These are series alternatives; the selected configuration is the one decoded above. Reference Weight Catalog reference weight: 50 g, from the S3B row of the 2022 comprehensive catalog weight table (paper page 300). The catalog weight table identifies the control-head family without a port, color or thread suffix. This is that published family reference, not an independently measured weight for every option. The table states that weights are for reference only; actual weight is determined by the delivered product. This is not a measured or packaged shipping weight. Catalog Basis Technical information is taken from the linked S3 catalog and cross-checked against the 2022 comprehensive catalog, paper pages 140–142 (PDF pages 141–143). The paper-page-300 weight table is cited separately above. No unrelated series dimensions or weights are substituted. Optional Piping Accessories P = this S3 valve’s female supply connection (G1/8); W = its female controlled working connection A (G1/8). The body drawing’s 2-P callout gives the two connection sizes; K identifies mounting threads, not pneumatic ports. Keep supply and working circuits separate. Multiple keys retain each use. Tube OD is mm (in = inches); compression/tubing show OD × ID. These piping accessories are optional and ordered separately. Code-prefix uses (match the longest listed family prefix): ASC inline threaded flow control; GAFR upstream filter-regulator; GBB male–male; GBKC compression fitting; GBPC metal straight; GPC straight; GPEB branch tee; GPED run tee; GPH banjo elbow; GPHF female branch banjo; GPHW twin banjo; GPKD reducing distribution fitting; GPL elbow; GPLL extended elbow; GPSA/PSA inline flow control; GPSS flow control; GPTL push-lock flow control; GPYB Y; GPZB cross; UE PU tube; US PU tube. Use Size / complete codes P ASC10006G,GAFR20006SG P,W male G1/8 ↔ male G1/8: GBB0101male G1/4 ↔ male G1/8: GBB0102male G3/8 ↔ male G1/8: GBB01034 × 2.5: GBKC0425-01,UE95A040025100MBU,US98A040025100MBU6 × 4: GBKC0604-01,UE95A060040100MBU,US98A060040100MBU8 × 5: GBKC0805-01,UE95A080050100MBU,US98A080050100MBU8 × 5.5 or 6: GBKC0806-0110: GBPC1001,GPC1001,GPC1001D,GPEB1001,GPEB1001D,GPED1001,GPED1001D,GPL1001,GPL1001D,GPLL1001,GPLL1001D,GPSA10,GPSA10D,GPYB1001,GPYB1001D,PSA10,PSA10-S,PSA10D,PSA10D-S4: GBPC401,GPC401-M,GPC401D-M,GPEB401,GPEB401D,GPED401,GPED401D,GPH401,GPH401D,GPHW401,GPHW401D,GPL401-M,GPL401D-M,GPLL401,GPLL401D,GPSA4,GPSA4D,GPYB401,GPYB401D,PSA4,PSA4-S,PSA4D,PSA4D-S6: GBPC601,GPC601,GPC601-M,GPC601D,GPC601D-M,GPEB601,GPEB601D,GPED601,GPED601D,GPH601,GPH601D,GPHW601,GPHW601D,GPL601,GPL601-M,GPL601D,GPL601D-M,GPLL601,GPLL601D,GPSA6,GPSA6D,GPSS601A,GPSS601AD,GPSS601B,GPSS601BD,GPTL601A,GPTL601AD,GPTL601B,GPTL601BD,GPYB601,GPYB601D,GPZB601,GPZB601D,PSA6,PSA6-S,PSA6D,PSA6D-S8: GBPC801,GPC801,GPC801D,GPEB801,GPEB801D,GPED801,GPED801D,GPH801,GPH801D,GPHW801,GPHW801D,GPL801,GPL801D,GPLL801,GPLL801D,GPSA8,GPSA8D,GPSS801A,GPSS801AD,GPSS801B,GPSS801BD,GPTL801A,GPTL801AD,GPTL801B,GPTL801BD,GPYB801,GPYB801D,GPZB801,GPZB801D,PSA8,PSA8-S,PSA8D,PSA8D-S12: GPC1201,GPC1201D,GPL1201,GPL1201D,GPSA12,GPSA12D,PSA12,PSA12-S,PSA12D,PSA12D-S4; male RA G1/8 / female RB G1/8: GPHF401,GPHF401D6; male RA G1/8 / female RB G1/8: GPHF601,GPHF601D8; male RA G1/8 / female RB G1/8: GPHF801,GPHF801Dmain 6 / branch 4: GPKD6-401,GPKD6-401D10 × 6.5: UE95A100065100MBU,US98A100065100MBU12 × 8: UE95A120080100MBU,US98A120080100MBU Match PT/G/NPT exactly. Use the specified thread seal or face gasket. Match tube OD and compression OD/ID; metric and inch sizes are not interchangeable. Use suitable soft nylon/PU tube and check seating, clearance, bends and flow. Tighten compression bodies by the hex, not tube nuts. Where listed: D is black, blank grey, -M miniature; -S denotes only the specified 304 stainless parts. PSA/GPSA are tube-side flow controls and need separate matching tube connections; they do not screw directly into P or W. GPHF use male RA at the valve; female RB requires its own matching male thread and seal and is not a tube socket. Match both adapter ends to their separate mating parts. Branches join one circuit. Keep supply P and working A separate; do not bridge these paths. Standard push-in fittings and flow-control parts: ≤1 MPa, −20–70°C. Metal GBPC: ≤0.9 MPa; compression fittings/thread adapters: ≤1 MPa. The listed metal push-in, compression and adapter groups have a 0–150°C range, limiting the connected valve path to 0–70°C or narrower. Apply every stricter component limit; no system vacuum rating is established. This mechanically or manually operated S3 valve operates at 0–1 MPa and −20–70°C with 40 µm filtered air. Accessory limits may narrow that range; proof pressure is not working pressure. The piping choices are optional and ordered separately, and do not establish separately orderable panel-mounting or internal-part kits. Flow-control suffix A restricts thread→tube, with free reverse flow; suffix B reverses it. Supply normally flows tube→thread. At valve working port A, suffix A restricts flow to the actuator and suffix B the return; cylinder-mounted orientation differs. Follow the flow symbols, including PSA/GPSA. Closed controls are not leak-tight isolation. Adjust gently without forcing stops; depressurize before tube removal. Never cap an active supply or working connection. ASC is a separately connected upstream supply flow control, assigned to P only. Both female ports require matching male connections; follow its P/A markings. Its limits are 0.05–0.95 MPa and −20–70°C with ≤40 µm filtration. The complete valve path must meet these and every stricter component limit; the valve’s 0–1 MPa range does not extend the ASC rating. GAFR is a separately connected upstream supply filter/regulator, assigned to P only. Both female ports require matching male piping; follow IN→OUT and check total flow and bowl/environment suitability. Inlet ≤1 MPa; regulation 0.15–0.9 MPa; −5–70°C, nonfreezing. Apply every stricter valve/component limit. Listed GAFR S versions have a 40 µm filter, PC bowl, differential/manual drain, bracket and round snap-in gauge (bar/MPa), without a reverse-flow valve. Air lubrication is not required. If lubricated air is introduced, continue with consistent lubrication using ISO VG32 or equivalent oil. US98A/UE95A examples are separately ordered blue 100 m metric PU coils rated 1 MPa at 23°C. US98A: −20–70°C; UE95A: −40–70°C. Match OD/ID and derate as temperature rises within valve/component limits; 1 MPa is not assured throughout. Use inch tube where the selected connection requires it; metric tube is not a substitute. GPTL recommended cap-adjustment torque: 1/8: 0.08 N·m. These are not thread-installation torques. Items marked discontinued are historical service references, not current standard recommendations. Confirm availability or a manufacturer-approved replacement. An unmarked catalogue entry does not promise current production, stock or delivery. All listed options are ordered separately.

  Read more less

  $15.21

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac S3 series: mechanically operated directional valve - S3B08

  Specifications: S3B08 is an AirTAC S3 control valve with 3 ports, 2 positions, a basic plunger actuator and PT 1/4 inch connections. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Functional Alternative Statement Airtac S3 series valves are functional alternatives to SMC VM200 series valves. Model Code Explained Parameter Details Exact ordering code S3B08 Series S3 3 ports, 2 positions; external direct mechanical control Control-head code B Basic plunger Port-size code 08 PT 1/4 inch Thread option Blank = PT Color suffix Not used for this control-head type Technical Specifications Parameter Details Fluid Air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating method External direct acting Valve function 3 ports, 2 positions Selected control form basic plunger Working connection PT 1/4 inch Effective flow area 12.0 mm² Cv 0.67 Operating-pressure range 0–1.0 MPa (0–145 psi) Proof pressure 1.5 MPa (215 psi) Working temperature −20 to 70 °C Body material Aluminum alloy Lubrication Not required Features and Pneumatic Operation The shut-off/poppet construction provides internal sealing and sensitive directional switching without a lubrication requirement. The valve supports body mounting and the illustrated panel arrangements for the applicable control head. The operating force is supplied by an external machine mechanism. The catalog describes this arrangement for position detection or stroke/limit switching. Lubrication is not required. If lubricated air is introduced, continue using the same lubrication medium without interruption; the catalog recommends ISO VG32 oil or an equivalent grade. Port letters identify P as the supply, A as the controlled outlet and R as exhaust. The graphical symbol in the PDF defines the exact flow paths for the selected actuator and valve position. Selected Operating Travel Parameter Details Valve-spool stroke 2.4–4.0 mm Separate button / roller stroke Not separately stated for the basic plunger The listed stroke ranges are installation limits for the selected control form. Travel is not an added body dimension. Use the drawing orientation and do not drive the mechanism past its stated range. Installation, Travel Limits and Operation Mount the valve through the body fixing points or use the illustrated panel arrangement where the selected head permits it. Keep the body and head aligned and retain access to the pneumatic ports. The catalog does not state a general screw-tightening torque. Do not exceed the selected spool and actuator stroke ranges. Excess travel imposed by the external mechanism can cause leakage or damage. Engineering-plastic button components must be operated by hand and must not be struck with metal tools; the dedicated mechanical roller/plunger models are actuated by their intended external mechanism. The spring-return symbol and the installation notes identify an automatically returning actuation arrangement. Allow the actuator to return freely after releasing the operating force. Body and Mounting Dimensions The S3B body drawing supplies the base dimensions for the selected port size. A selected control head is shown separately; its dimensions are not a complete assembled-valve envelope. Drawing reference Value Drawing dimension A 34 mm Drawing dimension B 17.5 mm Drawing dimension C 52 mm Drawing dimension D 46 mm Drawing dimension KA 24 mm Drawing dimension KB 22.5 mm Drawing dimension PA 21 mm Drawing dimension PB 12 mm Drawing K M5 × 0.8; the illustration marks two K mounting positions Drawing P — two connection callouts PT 1/4 inch Dimension Drawing Reminder All linear drawing values above are in millimeters unless a thread or angle unit is stated. The original drawings retain the dimension-arrow relationships, actuator orientations and port views that cannot be fully represented by a two-column table. For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal Components — Catalog Reference The sectioned illustration is labeled S3PM. Its numbered components are listed below as a series construction reference. This is not a spare-parts kit or an assertion that every actuator variation has an identical exploded assembly. Materials are stated only where the catalog expressly supplies them. Drawing item Component 1 Body 2 Bottom cover 3 Stopper plug 4 Valve core 5 Cross-head screw 6 Button pressing buckle 7 Spring 8 Clamping washer 9 Dust cover 10 Button cap 11 Main button body 12 Top cover 13 Button retaining ring 14 Clamping nut 15 Button holder 16 Button fixing connector 17 O-ring 18 Spring 19 Spring 20 O-ring Flow Characteristics The catalog flow chart for S3B-08 plots operating pressure in MPa on the vertical axis from 0 to 0.8, and flow in L/min on the horizontal axis from 0 to 1200. The family of curves illustrates the pressure/flow relationship. Axis limits are graph bounds, not guaranteed rated flow values for this complete valve; use the supplied curve and the required pressure conditions. Supply Scope and Related Heads This ordering code identifies one valve with its selected control-head form. It does not encode a multiple-valve assembly, a spare head, a silencer, mounting-panel hardware or pneumatic tubing. Where the catalog lists a separately orderable head, its exact code is given above as a replacement reference; the source does not provide a screw/gasket quantity breakdown for a service kit. Series Ordering Options The S3 family offers B, C, D, Y, R, L and V heads; red-only PL; and PP, PF, PM and HS in red, green or black. Port options are M5, 06 (1/8 inch) and 08 (1/4 inch). The original linked ordering chart uses M5 for the metric complete-valve code, while some replacement-head and Chinese drawing labels use 05; those labels do not authorize changing this listing code. For 1/8 and 1/4 inch connections, a blank thread suffix means PT, G means G thread and T means NPT. M5 connections have no such thread suffix. These are series alternatives; the selected configuration is the one decoded above. Reference Weight Catalog reference weight: 50 g, from the S3B row of the 2022 comprehensive catalog weight table (paper page 300). The catalog weight table identifies the control-head family without a port, color or thread suffix. This is that published family reference, not an independently measured weight for every option. The table states that weights are for reference only; actual weight is determined by the delivered product. This is not a measured or packaged shipping weight. Catalog Basis Technical information is taken from the linked S3 catalog and cross-checked against the 2022 comprehensive catalog, paper pages 140–142 (PDF pages 141–143). The paper-page-300 weight table is cited separately above. No unrelated series dimensions or weights are substituted. Optional Piping Accessories P = this S3 valve’s female supply connection (PT1/4); W = its female controlled working connection A (PT1/4). The body drawing’s 2-P callout gives the two connection sizes; K identifies mounting threads, not pneumatic ports. Keep supply and working circuits separate. Multiple keys retain each use. Tube OD is mm (in = inches); compression/tubing show OD × ID. These piping accessories are optional and ordered separately. Code-prefix uses (match the longest listed family prefix): ASC inline threaded flow control; BB male–male; BD male–female; BKC compression fitting; BPC metal straight; BPOC metal straight; GAFR upstream filter-regulator; GPSA/PSA inline flow control; PC straight; PEB branch tee; PED run tee; PH banjo elbow; PHF female branch banjo; PHW twin banjo; PKD reducing distribution fitting; PL elbow; PLL extended elbow; POC round straight; PSL elbow flow control; PSS flow control; PTL push-lock flow control; PYB Y; PZB cross; UE PU tube; US PU tube. Use Size / complete codes P ASC20008,GAFR20008S,GAFR30008S P,W male PT1/4 ↔ male PT1/8: BB0102,BB0102-Smale PT1/4 ↔ male PT1/4: BB0202,BB0202-Smale PT3/8 ↔ male PT1/4: BB0203,BB0203-Smale PT1/2 ↔ male PT1/4: BB0204,BB0204-Smale PT1/4 ↔ female PT1/8: BD0102,BD0102-S6 × 4: BKC0604-02,BKC0604-02-S,UE95A060040100MBU,US98A060040100MBU8 × 5: BKC0805-02,BKC0805-02-S,UE95A080050100MBU,US98A080050100MBU8 × 5.5 or 6: BKC0806-02,BKC0806-02-S10 × 6.5: BKC1065-02,BKC1065-02-S,UE95A100065100MBU,US98A100065100MBU10 × 7.5 or 8: BKC1075-02,BKC1075-02-S12 × 8: BKC1208-02,BKC1208-02-S,UE95A120080100MBU,US98A120080100MBU12 × 9 or 10: BKC1209-02,BKC1209-02-S10: BPC1002,BPOC1002,GPSA10,GPSA10D,PC1002,PC1002-S,PC1002D,PC1002D-S,PEB1002,PEB1002-S,PEB1002D,PEB1002D-S,PED1002,PED1002-S,PED1002D,PED1002D-S,PH1002,PH1002-S,PH1002D,PH1002D-S,PHW1002,PHW1002-S,PHW1002D,PHW1002D-S,PL1002,PL1002-S,PL1002D,PL1002D-S,PLL1002,PLL1002-S,PLL1002D,PLL1002D-S,POC1002,POC1002-S,POC1002D,POC1002D-S,PSA10,PSA10-S,PSA10D,PSA10D-S,PSL1002A,PSL1002A-S,PSL1002AD,PSL1002AD-S,PSL1002B,PSL1002B-S,PSL1002BD,PSL1002BD-S,PSS1002A,PSS1002A-S,PSS1002AD,PSS1002AD-S,PSS1002B,PSS1002B-S,PSS1002BD,PSS1002BD-S,PTL1002A,PTL1002AD,PTL1002B,PTL1002BD,PYB1002,PYB1002-S,PYB1002D,PYB1002D-S,PZB1002,PZB1002-S,PZB1002D,PZB1002D-S12: BPC1202,GPSA12,GPSA12D,PC1202,PC1202-S,PC1202D,PC1202D-S,PEB1202,PEB1202-S,PEB1202D,PEB1202D-S,PED1202,PED1202-S,PED1202D,PED1202D-S,PL1202,PL1202-S,PL1202D,PL1202D-S,PLL1202,PLL1202-S,PLL1202D,PLL1202D-S,POC1202,POC1202-S,POC1202D,POC1202D-S,PSA12,PSA12-S,PSA12D,PSA12D-S,PYB1202,PYB1202-S,PYB1202D,PYB1202D-S4: BPC402,GPSA4,GPSA4D,PC402,PC402-S,PC402D,PC402D-S,PEB402,PEB402-S,PEB402D,PEB402D-S,PED402,PED402-S,PED402D,PED402D-S,PL402,PL402-S,PL402D,PL402D-S,PLL402,PLL402-S,PLL402D,PLL402D-S,POC402,POC402-S,POC402D,POC402D-S,PSA4,PSA4-S,PSA4D,PSA4D-S,PYB402,PYB402-S,PYB402D,PYB402D-S6: BPC602,BPOC602,GPSA6,GPSA6D,PC602,PC602-S,PC602D,PC602D-S,PEB602,PEB602-S,PEB602D,PEB602D-S,PED602,PED602-S,PED602D,PED602D-S,PH602,PH602-S,PH602D,PH602D-S,PHW602,PHW602-S,PHW602D,PHW602D-S,PL602,PL602-S,PL602D,PL602D-S,PLL602,PLL602-S,PLL602D,PLL602D-S,POC602,POC602-S,POC602D,POC602D-S,PSA6,PSA6-S,PSA6D,PSA6D-S,PSL602A,PSL602A-S,PSL602AD,PSL602AD-S,PSL602B,PSL602B-S,PSL602BD,PSL602BD-S,PSS602A,PSS602A-S,PSS602AD,PSS602AD-S,PSS602B,PSS602B-S,PSS602BD,PSS602BD-S,PTL602A,PTL602AD,PTL602B,PTL602BD,PYB602,PYB602-S,PYB602D,PYB602D-S,PZB602,PZB602-S,PZB602D,PZB602D-S8: BPC802,BPOC802,GPSA8,GPSA8D,PC802,PC802-S,PC802D,PC802D-S,PEB802,PEB802-S,PEB802D,PEB802D-S,PED802,PED802-S,PED802D,PED802D-S,PH802,PH802-S,PH802D,PH802D-S,PHW802,PHW802-S,PHW802D,PHW802D-S,PL802,PL802-S,PL802D,PL802D-S,PLL802,PLL802-S,PLL802D,PLL802D-S,POC802,POC802-S,POC802D,POC802D-S,PSA8,PSA8-S,PSA8D,PSA8D-S,PSL802A,PSL802A-S,PSL802AD,PSL802AD-S,PSL802B,PSL802B-S,PSL802BD,PSL802BD-S,PSS802A,PSS802A-S,PSS802AD,PSS802AD-S,PSS802B,PSS802B-S,PSS802BD,PSS802BD-S,PTL802A,PTL802AD,PTL802B,PTL802BD,PYB802,PYB802-S,PYB802D,PYB802D-S,PZB802,PZB802-S,PZB802D,PZB802D-S10; male RA PT1/4 / female RB PT1/4: PHF1002,PHF1002-S,PHF1002D,PHF1002D-S6; male RA PT1/4 / female RB PT1/4: PHF602,PHF602-S,PHF602D,PHF602D-S8; male RA PT1/4 / female RB PT1/4: PHF802,PHF802-S,PHF802D,PHF802D-Smain 8 / branch 6: PKD8-602,PKD8-602-S,PKD8-602D,PKD8-602D-S4 × 2.5: UE95A040025100MBU,US98A040025100MBU Match PT/G/NPT exactly. Use the specified thread seal or face gasket. Match tube OD and compression OD/ID; metric and inch sizes are not interchangeable. Use suitable soft nylon/PU tube and check seating, clearance, bends and flow. Tighten compression bodies by the hex, not tube nuts. Where listed: D is black, blank grey, -M miniature; -S denotes only the specified 304 stainless parts. PSA/GPSA are tube-side flow controls and need separate matching tube connections; they do not screw directly into P or W. PHF use male RA at the valve; female RB requires its own matching male thread and seal and is not a tube socket. Match both adapter ends to their separate mating parts. Branches join one circuit. Keep supply P and working A separate; do not bridge these paths. Standard push-in fittings and flow-control parts: ≤1 MPa, −20–70°C. Metal BPC/BPOC: ≤0.9 MPa; compression fittings/thread adapters: ≤1 MPa. The listed metal push-in, compression and adapter groups have a 0–150°C range, limiting the connected valve path to 0–70°C or narrower. Apply every stricter component limit; no system vacuum rating is established. This mechanically or manually operated S3 valve operates at 0–1 MPa and −20–70°C with 40 µm filtered air. Accessory limits may narrow that range; proof pressure is not working pressure. The piping choices are optional and ordered separately, and do not establish separately orderable panel-mounting or internal-part kits. Flow-control suffix A restricts thread→tube, with free reverse flow; suffix B reverses it. Supply normally flows tube→thread. At valve working port A, suffix A restricts flow to the actuator and suffix B the return; cylinder-mounted orientation differs. Follow the flow symbols, including PSA/GPSA. Closed controls are not leak-tight isolation. Adjust gently without forcing stops; depressurize before tube removal. Never cap an active supply or working connection. ASC is a separately connected upstream supply flow control, assigned to P only. Both female ports require matching male connections; follow its P/A markings. Its limits are 0.05–0.95 MPa and −20–70°C with ≤40 µm filtration. The complete valve path must meet these and every stricter component limit; the valve’s 0–1 MPa range does not extend the ASC rating. GAFR is a separately connected upstream supply filter/regulator, assigned to P only. Both female ports require matching male piping; follow IN→OUT and check total flow and bowl/environment suitability. Inlet ≤1 MPa; regulation 0.15–0.9 MPa; −5–70°C, nonfreezing. Apply every stricter valve/component limit. Listed GAFR S versions have a 40 µm filter, PC bowl, differential/manual drain, bracket and round snap-in gauge (MPa/psi), without a reverse-flow valve. Air lubrication is not required. If lubricated air is introduced, continue with consistent lubrication using ISO VG32 or equivalent oil. US98A/UE95A examples are separately ordered blue 100 m metric PU coils rated 1 MPa at 23°C. US98A: −20–70°C; UE95A: −40–70°C. Match OD/ID and derate as temperature rises within valve/component limits; 1 MPa is not assured throughout. Use inch tube where the selected connection requires it; metric tube is not a substitute. PTL recommended cap-adjustment torque: 1/4: 0.16 N·m. These are not thread-installation torques. Items marked discontinued are historical service references, not current standard recommendations. Confirm availability or a manufacturer-approved replacement. An unmarked catalogue entry does not promise current production, stock or delivery. All listed options are ordered separately.

  Read more less

  $18.08

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac S3 series: manually operated directional valve - S3PF06GG

  Specifications: S3PF06GG is an AirTAC S3 control valve with 3 ports, 2 positions, a flush pushbutton actuator and G 1/8 inch connections. Button/selector color G is green. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Functional Alternative Statement Airtac S3 series valves are functional alternatives to SMC VM200 series valves. Model Code Explained Parameter Details Exact ordering code S3PF06GG Series S3 3 ports, 2 positions; external direct mechanical control Control-head code PF Flush pushbutton Port-size code 06 G 1/8 inch Thread option G = G Color code G Green Technical Specifications Parameter Details Fluid Air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating method External direct acting Valve function 3 ports, 2 positions Selected control form flush pushbutton Working connection G 1/8 inch Effective flow area 8.0 mm² Cv 0.45 Operating-pressure range 0–1.0 MPa (0–145 psi) Proof pressure 1.5 MPa (215 psi) Working temperature −20 to 70 °C Body material Aluminum alloy Lubrication Not required Features and Pneumatic Operation The shut-off/poppet construction provides internal sealing and sensitive directional switching without a lubrication requirement. The valve supports body mounting and the illustrated panel arrangements for the applicable control head. The selected control head is manually operated. The available head forms serve different operator controls; only the head encoded in this exact model is selected here. Lubrication is not required. If lubricated air is introduced, continue using the same lubrication medium without interruption; the catalog recommends ISO VG32 oil or an equivalent grade. Port letters identify P as the supply, A as the controlled outlet and R as exhaust. The graphical symbol in the PDF defines the exact flow paths for the selected actuator and valve position. Selected Operating Travel Parameter Details Valve-spool stroke 2.4–4.0 mm Button / roller / handle stroke 3.8–5.4 mm The listed stroke ranges are installation limits for the selected control form. Travel is not an added body dimension. Use the drawing orientation and do not drive the mechanism past its stated range. Installation, Travel Limits and Operation Mount the valve through the body fixing points or use the illustrated panel arrangement where the selected head permits it. Keep the body and head aligned and retain access to the pneumatic ports. The catalog does not state a general screw-tightening torque. Do not exceed the selected spool and actuator stroke ranges. Excess travel imposed by the external mechanism can cause leakage or damage. Engineering-plastic button components must be operated by hand and must not be struck with metal tools; the dedicated mechanical roller/plunger models are actuated by their intended external mechanism. The spring-return symbol and the installation notes identify an automatically returning actuation arrangement. Allow the actuator to return freely after releasing the operating force. Body and Mounting Dimensions The S3B body drawing supplies the base dimensions for the selected port size. A selected control head is shown separately; its dimensions are not a complete assembled-valve envelope. Drawing reference Value Drawing dimension A 30 mm Drawing dimension B 16.5 mm Drawing dimension C 47 mm Drawing dimension D 41 mm Drawing dimension KA 23 mm Drawing dimension KB 20.5 mm Drawing dimension PA 17.5 mm Drawing dimension PB 11.5 mm Drawing K M5 × 0.8; the illustration marks two K mounting positions Drawing P — two connection callouts G 1/8 inch Selected Control Head and Replacement Reference The values below describe the selected actuator or control-head assembly. They are separate from the body drawing and must not be added indiscriminately to the body dimensions. Control-head drawing reference Value Head base width 36 mm Head base depth 30 mm Panel allowance reference 6 mm Panel mounting thread M22 × 1.25 Button / selector diameter 28.5 mm Head height reference 42.5 mm The S3 catalog explicitly lists control-head assembly S3PF05-P11A for this head family. The M3/S3 prefix on a shared replacement head is retained exactly; it does not change this valve’s S3 ordering code. This valve includes its selected actuator; a second head is not required for normal operation. Dimension Drawing Reminder All linear drawing values above are in millimeters unless a thread or angle unit is stated. The original drawings retain the dimension-arrow relationships, actuator orientations and port views that cannot be fully represented by a two-column table. For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal Components — Catalog Reference The sectioned illustration is labeled S3PM. Its numbered components are listed below as a series construction reference. This is not a spare-parts kit or an assertion that every actuator variation has an identical exploded assembly. Materials are stated only where the catalog expressly supplies them. Drawing item Component 1 Body 2 Bottom cover 3 Stopper plug 4 Valve core 5 Cross-head screw 6 Button pressing buckle 7 Spring 8 Clamping washer 9 Dust cover 10 Button cap 11 Main button body 12 Top cover 13 Button retaining ring 14 Clamping nut 15 Button holder 16 Button fixing connector 17 O-ring 18 Spring 19 Spring 20 O-ring Flow Characteristics The catalog flow chart for S3B-06 plots operating pressure in MPa on the vertical axis from 0 to 0.8, and flow in L/min on the horizontal axis from 0 to 900. The family of curves illustrates the pressure/flow relationship. Axis limits are graph bounds, not guaranteed rated flow values for this complete valve; use the supplied curve and the required pressure conditions. Supply Scope and Related Heads This ordering code identifies one valve with its selected control-head form. It does not encode a multiple-valve assembly, a spare head, a silencer, mounting-panel hardware or pneumatic tubing. Where the catalog lists a separately orderable head, its exact code is given above as a replacement reference; the source does not provide a screw/gasket quantity breakdown for a service kit. Series Ordering Options The S3 family offers B, C, D, Y, R, L and V heads; red-only PL; and PP, PF, PM and HS in red, green or black. Port options are M5, 06 (1/8 inch) and 08 (1/4 inch). The original linked ordering chart uses M5 for the metric complete-valve code, while some replacement-head and Chinese drawing labels use 05; those labels do not authorize changing this listing code. For 1/8 and 1/4 inch connections, a blank thread suffix means PT, G means G thread and T means NPT. M5 connections have no such thread suffix. These are series alternatives; the selected configuration is the one decoded above. Reference Weight Catalog reference weight: 74 g, from the S3PF row of the 2022 comprehensive catalog weight table (paper page 300). The catalog weight table identifies the control-head family without a port, color or thread suffix. This is that published family reference, not an independently measured weight for every option. The table states that weights are for reference only; actual weight is determined by the delivered product. This is not a measured or packaged shipping weight. Catalog Basis Technical information is taken from the linked S3 catalog and cross-checked against the 2022 comprehensive catalog, paper pages 140–142 (PDF pages 141–143). The paper-page-300 weight table is cited separately above. No unrelated series dimensions or weights are substituted. Matching Accessory Codes and Conditions Item Complete codes and use PF replacement heads (green/red/black) These are optional replacement flush pushbutton heads for the same S3 PF head form on the M5, 06 or 08 body. Replacement-head suffixes -P11A, -P12A and -P13A mean green, red and black, respectively. The valve already includes its selected green head; order a spare separately only when needed. Retain the selected head form and follow the operating-travel, reset and mounting instructions above. These are control-head assemblies, not complete valves.S3PF05-P12A,S3PF05-P13A Optional Piping Accessories P = this S3 valve’s female supply connection (G1/8); W = its female controlled working connection A (G1/8). The body drawing’s 2-P callout gives the two connection sizes; K identifies mounting threads, not pneumatic ports. Keep supply and working circuits separate. Multiple keys retain each use. Tube OD is mm (in = inches); compression/tubing show OD × ID. These piping accessories are optional and ordered separately. Code-prefix uses (match the longest listed family prefix): ASC inline threaded flow control; GAFR upstream filter-regulator; GBB male–male; GBKC compression fitting; GBPC metal straight; GPC straight; GPEB branch tee; GPED run tee; GPH banjo elbow; GPHF female branch banjo; GPHW twin banjo; GPKD reducing distribution fitting; GPL elbow; GPLL extended elbow; GPSA/PSA inline flow control; GPSS flow control; GPTL push-lock flow control; GPYB Y; GPZB cross; UE PU tube; US PU tube. Use Size / complete codes P ASC10006G,GAFR20006SG P,W male G1/8 ↔ male G1/8: GBB0101male G1/4 ↔ male G1/8: GBB0102male G3/8 ↔ male G1/8: GBB01034 × 2.5: GBKC0425-01,UE95A040025100MBU,US98A040025100MBU6 × 4: GBKC0604-01,UE95A060040100MBU,US98A060040100MBU8 × 5: GBKC0805-01,UE95A080050100MBU,US98A080050100MBU8 × 5.5 or 6: GBKC0806-0110: GBPC1001,GPC1001,GPC1001D,GPEB1001,GPEB1001D,GPED1001,GPED1001D,GPL1001,GPL1001D,GPLL1001,GPLL1001D,GPSA10,GPSA10D,GPYB1001,GPYB1001D,PSA10,PSA10-S,PSA10D,PSA10D-S4: GBPC401,GPC401-M,GPC401D-M,GPEB401,GPEB401D,GPED401,GPED401D,GPH401,GPH401D,GPHW401,GPHW401D,GPL401-M,GPL401D-M,GPLL401,GPLL401D,GPSA4,GPSA4D,GPYB401,GPYB401D,PSA4,PSA4-S,PSA4D,PSA4D-S6: GBPC601,GPC601,GPC601-M,GPC601D,GPC601D-M,GPEB601,GPEB601D,GPED601,GPED601D,GPH601,GPH601D,GPHW601,GPHW601D,GPL601,GPL601-M,GPL601D,GPL601D-M,GPLL601,GPLL601D,GPSA6,GPSA6D,GPSS601A,GPSS601AD,GPSS601B,GPSS601BD,GPTL601A,GPTL601AD,GPTL601B,GPTL601BD,GPYB601,GPYB601D,GPZB601,GPZB601D,PSA6,PSA6-S,PSA6D,PSA6D-S8: GBPC801,GPC801,GPC801D,GPEB801,GPEB801D,GPED801,GPED801D,GPH801,GPH801D,GPHW801,GPHW801D,GPL801,GPL801D,GPLL801,GPLL801D,GPSA8,GPSA8D,GPSS801A,GPSS801AD,GPSS801B,GPSS801BD,GPTL801A,GPTL801AD,GPTL801B,GPTL801BD,GPYB801,GPYB801D,GPZB801,GPZB801D,PSA8,PSA8-S,PSA8D,PSA8D-S12: GPC1201,GPC1201D,GPL1201,GPL1201D,GPSA12,GPSA12D,PSA12,PSA12-S,PSA12D,PSA12D-S4; male RA G1/8 / female RB G1/8: GPHF401,GPHF401D6; male RA G1/8 / female RB G1/8: GPHF601,GPHF601D8; male RA G1/8 / female RB G1/8: GPHF801,GPHF801Dmain 6 / branch 4: GPKD6-401,GPKD6-401D10 × 6.5: UE95A100065100MBU,US98A100065100MBU12 × 8: UE95A120080100MBU,US98A120080100MBU Match PT/G/NPT exactly. Use the specified thread seal or face gasket. Match tube OD and compression OD/ID; metric and inch sizes are not interchangeable. Use suitable soft nylon/PU tube and check seating, clearance, bends and flow. Tighten compression bodies by the hex, not tube nuts. Where listed: D is black, blank grey, -M miniature; -S denotes only the specified 304 stainless parts. PSA/GPSA are tube-side flow controls and need separate matching tube connections; they do not screw directly into P or W. GPHF use male RA at the valve; female RB requires its own matching male thread and seal and is not a tube socket. Match both adapter ends to their separate mating parts. Branches join one circuit. Keep supply P and working A separate; do not bridge these paths. Standard push-in fittings and flow-control parts: ≤1 MPa, −20–70°C. Metal GBPC: ≤0.9 MPa; compression fittings/thread adapters: ≤1 MPa. The listed metal push-in, compression and adapter groups have a 0–150°C range, limiting the connected valve path to 0–70°C or narrower. Apply every stricter component limit; no system vacuum rating is established. This mechanically or manually operated S3 valve operates at 0–1 MPa and −20–70°C with 40 µm filtered air. Accessory limits may narrow that range; proof pressure is not working pressure. The piping choices are optional and ordered separately, and do not establish separately orderable panel-mounting or internal-part kits. Flow-control suffix A restricts thread→tube, with free reverse flow; suffix B reverses it. Supply normally flows tube→thread. At valve working port A, suffix A restricts flow to the actuator and suffix B the return; cylinder-mounted orientation differs. Follow the flow symbols, including PSA/GPSA. Closed controls are not leak-tight isolation. Adjust gently without forcing stops; depressurize before tube removal. Never cap an active supply or working connection. ASC is a separately connected upstream supply flow control, assigned to P only. Both female ports require matching male connections; follow its P/A markings. Its limits are 0.05–0.95 MPa and −20–70°C with ≤40 µm filtration. The complete valve path must meet these and every stricter component limit; the valve’s 0–1 MPa range does not extend the ASC rating. GAFR is a separately connected upstream supply filter/regulator, assigned to P only. Both female ports require matching male piping; follow IN→OUT and check total flow and bowl/environment suitability. Inlet ≤1 MPa; regulation 0.15–0.9 MPa; −5–70°C, nonfreezing. Apply every stricter valve/component limit. Listed GAFR S versions have a 40 µm filter, PC bowl, differential/manual drain, bracket and round snap-in gauge (bar/MPa), without a reverse-flow valve. Air lubrication is not required. If lubricated air is introduced, continue with consistent lubrication using ISO VG32 or equivalent oil. US98A/UE95A examples are separately ordered blue 100 m metric PU coils rated 1 MPa at 23°C. US98A: −20–70°C; UE95A: −40–70°C. Match OD/ID and derate as temperature rises within valve/component limits; 1 MPa is not assured throughout. Use inch tube where the selected connection requires it; metric tube is not a substitute. GPTL recommended cap-adjustment torque: 1/8: 0.08 N·m. These are not thread-installation torques. Items marked discontinued are historical service references, not current standard recommendations. Confirm availability or a manufacturer-approved replacement. An unmarked catalogue entry does not promise current production, stock or delivery. All listed options are ordered separately.

  Read more less

  $19.32

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac S3 series: manually operated directional valve - S3PM06BG

  Specifications: S3PM06BG is an AirTAC S3 control valve with 3 ports, 2 positions, a mushroom pushbutton actuator and G 1/8 inch connections. Button/selector color B is black. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Functional Alternative Statement Airtac S3 series valves are functional alternatives to SMC VM200 series valves. Model Code Explained Parameter Details Exact ordering code S3PM06BG Series S3 3 ports, 2 positions; external direct mechanical control Control-head code PM Mushroom pushbutton Port-size code 06 G 1/8 inch Thread option G = G Color code B Black Technical Specifications Parameter Details Fluid Air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating method External direct acting Valve function 3 ports, 2 positions Selected control form mushroom pushbutton Working connection G 1/8 inch Effective flow area 8.0 mm² Cv 0.45 Operating-pressure range 0–1.0 MPa (0–145 psi) Proof pressure 1.5 MPa (215 psi) Working temperature −20 to 70 °C Body material Aluminum alloy Lubrication Not required Features and Pneumatic Operation The shut-off/poppet construction provides internal sealing and sensitive directional switching without a lubrication requirement. The valve supports body mounting and the illustrated panel arrangements for the applicable control head. The selected control head is manually operated. The available head forms serve different operator controls; only the head encoded in this exact model is selected here. Lubrication is not required. If lubricated air is introduced, continue using the same lubrication medium without interruption; the catalog recommends ISO VG32 oil or an equivalent grade. Port letters identify P as the supply, A as the controlled outlet and R as exhaust. The graphical symbol in the PDF defines the exact flow paths for the selected actuator and valve position. Selected Operating Travel Parameter Details Valve-spool stroke 2.4–4.0 mm Button / roller / handle stroke 3.8–5.4 mm The listed stroke ranges are installation limits for the selected control form. Travel is not an added body dimension. Use the drawing orientation and do not drive the mechanism past its stated range. Installation, Travel Limits and Operation Mount the valve through the body fixing points or use the illustrated panel arrangement where the selected head permits it. Keep the body and head aligned and retain access to the pneumatic ports. The catalog does not state a general screw-tightening torque. Do not exceed the selected spool and actuator stroke ranges. Excess travel imposed by the external mechanism can cause leakage or damage. Engineering-plastic button components must be operated by hand and must not be struck with metal tools; the dedicated mechanical roller/plunger models are actuated by their intended external mechanism. The spring-return symbol and the installation notes identify an automatically returning actuation arrangement. Allow the actuator to return freely after releasing the operating force. Body and Mounting Dimensions The S3B body drawing supplies the base dimensions for the selected port size. A selected control head is shown separately; its dimensions are not a complete assembled-valve envelope. Drawing reference Value Drawing dimension A 30 mm Drawing dimension B 16.5 mm Drawing dimension C 47 mm Drawing dimension D 41 mm Drawing dimension KA 23 mm Drawing dimension KB 20.5 mm Drawing dimension PA 17.5 mm Drawing dimension PB 11.5 mm Drawing K M5 × 0.8; the illustration marks two K mounting positions Drawing P — two connection callouts G 1/8 inch Selected Control Head and Replacement Reference The values below describe the selected actuator or control-head assembly. They are separate from the body drawing and must not be added indiscriminately to the body dimensions. Control-head drawing reference Value Head base width 36 mm Head base depth 30 mm Panel allowance reference 6 mm Panel mounting thread M22 × 1.25 Button diameter 36 mm Head height reference 54 mm The S3 catalog explicitly lists control-head assembly S3PM05-P13A for this head family. The M3/S3 prefix on a shared replacement head is retained exactly; it does not change this valve’s S3 ordering code. This valve includes its selected actuator; a second head is not required for normal operation. Dimension Drawing Reminder All linear drawing values above are in millimeters unless a thread or angle unit is stated. The original drawings retain the dimension-arrow relationships, actuator orientations and port views that cannot be fully represented by a two-column table. For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal Components — Catalog Reference The sectioned illustration is labeled S3PM. Its numbered components are listed below as a series construction reference. This is not a spare-parts kit or an assertion that every actuator variation has an identical exploded assembly. Materials are stated only where the catalog expressly supplies them. Drawing item Component 1 Body 2 Bottom cover 3 Stopper plug 4 Valve core 5 Cross-head screw 6 Button pressing buckle 7 Spring 8 Clamping washer 9 Dust cover 10 Button cap 11 Main button body 12 Top cover 13 Button retaining ring 14 Clamping nut 15 Button holder 16 Button fixing connector 17 O-ring 18 Spring 19 Spring 20 O-ring Flow Characteristics The catalog flow chart for S3B-06 plots operating pressure in MPa on the vertical axis from 0 to 0.8, and flow in L/min on the horizontal axis from 0 to 900. The family of curves illustrates the pressure/flow relationship. Axis limits are graph bounds, not guaranteed rated flow values for this complete valve; use the supplied curve and the required pressure conditions. Supply Scope and Related Heads This ordering code identifies one valve with its selected control-head form. It does not encode a multiple-valve assembly, a spare head, a silencer, mounting-panel hardware or pneumatic tubing. Where the catalog lists a separately orderable head, its exact code is given above as a replacement reference; the source does not provide a screw/gasket quantity breakdown for a service kit. Series Ordering Options The S3 family offers B, C, D, Y, R, L and V heads; red-only PL; and PP, PF, PM and HS in red, green or black. Port options are M5, 06 (1/8 inch) and 08 (1/4 inch). The original linked ordering chart uses M5 for the metric complete-valve code, while some replacement-head and Chinese drawing labels use 05; those labels do not authorize changing this listing code. For 1/8 and 1/4 inch connections, a blank thread suffix means PT, G means G thread and T means NPT. M5 connections have no such thread suffix. These are series alternatives; the selected configuration is the one decoded above. Reference Weight Catalog reference weight: 78 g, from the S3PM row of the 2022 comprehensive catalog weight table (paper page 300). The catalog weight table identifies the control-head family without a port, color or thread suffix. This is that published family reference, not an independently measured weight for every option. The table states that weights are for reference only; actual weight is determined by the delivered product. This is not a measured or packaged shipping weight. Catalog Basis Technical information is taken from the linked S3 catalog and cross-checked against the 2022 comprehensive catalog, paper pages 140–142 (PDF pages 141–143). The paper-page-300 weight table is cited separately above. No unrelated series dimensions or weights are substituted. Matching Accessory Codes and Conditions Item Complete codes and use PM replacement heads (green/red/black) These are optional replacement mushroom pushbutton heads for the same S3 PM head form on the M5, 06 or 08 body. Replacement-head suffixes -P11A, -P12A and -P13A mean green, red and black, respectively. The valve already includes its selected black head; order a spare separately only when needed. Retain the selected head form and follow the operating-travel, reset and mounting instructions above. These are control-head assemblies, not complete valves.S3PM05-P11A,S3PM05-P12A Optional Piping Accessories P = this S3 valve’s female supply connection (G1/8); W = its female controlled working connection A (G1/8). The body drawing’s 2-P callout gives the two connection sizes; K identifies mounting threads, not pneumatic ports. Keep supply and working circuits separate. Multiple keys retain each use. Tube OD is mm (in = inches); compression/tubing show OD × ID. These piping accessories are optional and ordered separately. Code-prefix uses (match the longest listed family prefix): ASC inline threaded flow control; GAFR upstream filter-regulator; GBB male–male; GBKC compression fitting; GBPC metal straight; GPC straight; GPEB branch tee; GPED run tee; GPH banjo elbow; GPHF female branch banjo; GPHW twin banjo; GPKD reducing distribution fitting; GPL elbow; GPLL extended elbow; GPSA/PSA inline flow control; GPSS flow control; GPTL push-lock flow control; GPYB Y; GPZB cross; UE PU tube; US PU tube. Use Size / complete codes P ASC10006G,GAFR20006SG P,W male G1/8 ↔ male G1/8: GBB0101male G1/4 ↔ male G1/8: GBB0102male G3/8 ↔ male G1/8: GBB01034 × 2.5: GBKC0425-01,UE95A040025100MBU,US98A040025100MBU6 × 4: GBKC0604-01,UE95A060040100MBU,US98A060040100MBU8 × 5: GBKC0805-01,UE95A080050100MBU,US98A080050100MBU8 × 5.5 or 6: GBKC0806-0110: GBPC1001,GPC1001,GPC1001D,GPEB1001,GPEB1001D,GPED1001,GPED1001D,GPL1001,GPL1001D,GPLL1001,GPLL1001D,GPSA10,GPSA10D,GPYB1001,GPYB1001D,PSA10,PSA10-S,PSA10D,PSA10D-S4: GBPC401,GPC401-M,GPC401D-M,GPEB401,GPEB401D,GPED401,GPED401D,GPH401,GPH401D,GPHW401,GPHW401D,GPL401-M,GPL401D-M,GPLL401,GPLL401D,GPSA4,GPSA4D,GPYB401,GPYB401D,PSA4,PSA4-S,PSA4D,PSA4D-S6: GBPC601,GPC601,GPC601-M,GPC601D,GPC601D-M,GPEB601,GPEB601D,GPED601,GPED601D,GPH601,GPH601D,GPHW601,GPHW601D,GPL601,GPL601-M,GPL601D,GPL601D-M,GPLL601,GPLL601D,GPSA6,GPSA6D,GPSS601A,GPSS601AD,GPSS601B,GPSS601BD,GPTL601A,GPTL601AD,GPTL601B,GPTL601BD,GPYB601,GPYB601D,GPZB601,GPZB601D,PSA6,PSA6-S,PSA6D,PSA6D-S8: GBPC801,GPC801,GPC801D,GPEB801,GPEB801D,GPED801,GPED801D,GPH801,GPH801D,GPHW801,GPHW801D,GPL801,GPL801D,GPLL801,GPLL801D,GPSA8,GPSA8D,GPSS801A,GPSS801AD,GPSS801B,GPSS801BD,GPTL801A,GPTL801AD,GPTL801B,GPTL801BD,GPYB801,GPYB801D,GPZB801,GPZB801D,PSA8,PSA8-S,PSA8D,PSA8D-S12: GPC1201,GPC1201D,GPL1201,GPL1201D,GPSA12,GPSA12D,PSA12,PSA12-S,PSA12D,PSA12D-S4; male RA G1/8 / female RB G1/8: GPHF401,GPHF401D6; male RA G1/8 / female RB G1/8: GPHF601,GPHF601D8; male RA G1/8 / female RB G1/8: GPHF801,GPHF801Dmain 6 / branch 4: GPKD6-401,GPKD6-401D10 × 6.5: UE95A100065100MBU,US98A100065100MBU12 × 8: UE95A120080100MBU,US98A120080100MBU Match PT/G/NPT exactly. Use the specified thread seal or face gasket. Match tube OD and compression OD/ID; metric and inch sizes are not interchangeable. Use suitable soft nylon/PU tube and check seating, clearance, bends and flow. Tighten compression bodies by the hex, not tube nuts. Where listed: D is black, blank grey, -M miniature; -S denotes only the specified 304 stainless parts. PSA/GPSA are tube-side flow controls and need separate matching tube connections; they do not screw directly into P or W. GPHF use male RA at the valve; female RB requires its own matching male thread and seal and is not a tube socket. Match both adapter ends to their separate mating parts. Branches join one circuit. Keep supply P and working A separate; do not bridge these paths. Standard push-in fittings and flow-control parts: ≤1 MPa, −20–70°C. Metal GBPC: ≤0.9 MPa; compression fittings/thread adapters: ≤1 MPa. The listed metal push-in, compression and adapter groups have a 0–150°C range, limiting the connected valve path to 0–70°C or narrower. Apply every stricter component limit; no system vacuum rating is established. This mechanically or manually operated S3 valve operates at 0–1 MPa and −20–70°C with 40 µm filtered air. Accessory limits may narrow that range; proof pressure is not working pressure. The piping choices are optional and ordered separately, and do not establish separately orderable panel-mounting or internal-part kits. Flow-control suffix A restricts thread→tube, with free reverse flow; suffix B reverses it. Supply normally flows tube→thread. At valve working port A, suffix A restricts flow to the actuator and suffix B the return; cylinder-mounted orientation differs. Follow the flow symbols, including PSA/GPSA. Closed controls are not leak-tight isolation. Adjust gently without forcing stops; depressurize before tube removal. Never cap an active supply or working connection. ASC is a separately connected upstream supply flow control, assigned to P only. Both female ports require matching male connections; follow its P/A markings. Its limits are 0.05–0.95 MPa and −20–70°C with ≤40 µm filtration. The complete valve path must meet these and every stricter component limit; the valve’s 0–1 MPa range does not extend the ASC rating. GAFR is a separately connected upstream supply filter/regulator, assigned to P only. Both female ports require matching male piping; follow IN→OUT and check total flow and bowl/environment suitability. Inlet ≤1 MPa; regulation 0.15–0.9 MPa; −5–70°C, nonfreezing. Apply every stricter valve/component limit. Listed GAFR S versions have a 40 µm filter, PC bowl, differential/manual drain, bracket and round snap-in gauge (bar/MPa), without a reverse-flow valve. Air lubrication is not required. If lubricated air is introduced, continue with consistent lubrication using ISO VG32 or equivalent oil. US98A/UE95A examples are separately ordered blue 100 m metric PU coils rated 1 MPa at 23°C. US98A: −20–70°C; UE95A: −40–70°C. Match OD/ID and derate as temperature rises within valve/component limits; 1 MPa is not assured throughout. Use inch tube where the selected connection requires it; metric tube is not a substitute. GPTL recommended cap-adjustment torque: 1/8: 0.08 N·m. These are not thread-installation torques. Items marked discontinued are historical service references, not current standard recommendations. Confirm availability or a manufacturer-approved replacement. An unmarked catalogue entry does not promise current production, stock or delivery. All listed options are ordered separately.

  Read more less

  $19.32

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac S3 series: manually operated directional valve - S3PM06BT

  Specifications: S3PM06BT is an AirTAC S3 control valve with 3 ports, 2 positions, a mushroom pushbutton actuator and NPT 1/8 inch connections. Button/selector color B is black. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Functional Alternative Statement Airtac S3 series valves are functional alternatives to SMC VM200 series valves. Model Code Explained Parameter Details Exact ordering code S3PM06BT Series S3 3 ports, 2 positions; external direct mechanical control Control-head code PM Mushroom pushbutton Port-size code 06 NPT 1/8 inch Thread option T = NPT Color code B Black Technical Specifications Parameter Details Fluid Air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating method External direct acting Valve function 3 ports, 2 positions Selected control form mushroom pushbutton Working connection NPT 1/8 inch Effective flow area 8.0 mm² Cv 0.45 Operating-pressure range 0–1.0 MPa (0–145 psi) Proof pressure 1.5 MPa (215 psi) Working temperature −20 to 70 °C Body material Aluminum alloy Lubrication Not required Features and Pneumatic Operation The shut-off/poppet construction provides internal sealing and sensitive directional switching without a lubrication requirement. The valve supports body mounting and the illustrated panel arrangements for the applicable control head. The selected control head is manually operated. The available head forms serve different operator controls; only the head encoded in this exact model is selected here. Lubrication is not required. If lubricated air is introduced, continue using the same lubrication medium without interruption; the catalog recommends ISO VG32 oil or an equivalent grade. Port letters identify P as the supply, A as the controlled outlet and R as exhaust. The graphical symbol in the PDF defines the exact flow paths for the selected actuator and valve position. Selected Operating Travel Parameter Details Valve-spool stroke 2.4–4.0 mm Button / roller / handle stroke 3.8–5.4 mm The listed stroke ranges are installation limits for the selected control form. Travel is not an added body dimension. Use the drawing orientation and do not drive the mechanism past its stated range. Installation, Travel Limits and Operation Mount the valve through the body fixing points or use the illustrated panel arrangement where the selected head permits it. Keep the body and head aligned and retain access to the pneumatic ports. The catalog does not state a general screw-tightening torque. Do not exceed the selected spool and actuator stroke ranges. Excess travel imposed by the external mechanism can cause leakage or damage. Engineering-plastic button components must be operated by hand and must not be struck with metal tools; the dedicated mechanical roller/plunger models are actuated by their intended external mechanism. The spring-return symbol and the installation notes identify an automatically returning actuation arrangement. Allow the actuator to return freely after releasing the operating force. Body and Mounting Dimensions The S3B body drawing supplies the base dimensions for the selected port size. A selected control head is shown separately; its dimensions are not a complete assembled-valve envelope. Drawing reference Value Drawing dimension A 30 mm Drawing dimension B 16.5 mm Drawing dimension C 47 mm Drawing dimension D 41 mm Drawing dimension KA 23 mm Drawing dimension KB 20.5 mm Drawing dimension PA 17.5 mm Drawing dimension PB 11.5 mm Drawing K M5 × 0.8; the illustration marks two K mounting positions Drawing P — two connection callouts NPT 1/8 inch Selected Control Head and Replacement Reference The values below describe the selected actuator or control-head assembly. They are separate from the body drawing and must not be added indiscriminately to the body dimensions. Control-head drawing reference Value Head base width 36 mm Head base depth 30 mm Panel allowance reference 6 mm Panel mounting thread M22 × 1.25 Button diameter 36 mm Head height reference 54 mm The S3 catalog explicitly lists control-head assembly S3PM05-P13A for this head family. The M3/S3 prefix on a shared replacement head is retained exactly; it does not change this valve’s S3 ordering code. This valve includes its selected actuator; a second head is not required for normal operation. Dimension Drawing Reminder All linear drawing values above are in millimeters unless a thread or angle unit is stated. The original drawings retain the dimension-arrow relationships, actuator orientations and port views that cannot be fully represented by a two-column table. For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal Components — Catalog Reference The sectioned illustration is labeled S3PM. Its numbered components are listed below as a series construction reference. This is not a spare-parts kit or an assertion that every actuator variation has an identical exploded assembly. Materials are stated only where the catalog expressly supplies them. Drawing item Component 1 Body 2 Bottom cover 3 Stopper plug 4 Valve core 5 Cross-head screw 6 Button pressing buckle 7 Spring 8 Clamping washer 9 Dust cover 10 Button cap 11 Main button body 12 Top cover 13 Button retaining ring 14 Clamping nut 15 Button holder 16 Button fixing connector 17 O-ring 18 Spring 19 Spring 20 O-ring Flow Characteristics The catalog flow chart for S3B-06 plots operating pressure in MPa on the vertical axis from 0 to 0.8, and flow in L/min on the horizontal axis from 0 to 900. The family of curves illustrates the pressure/flow relationship. Axis limits are graph bounds, not guaranteed rated flow values for this complete valve; use the supplied curve and the required pressure conditions. Supply Scope and Related Heads This ordering code identifies one valve with its selected control-head form. It does not encode a multiple-valve assembly, a spare head, a silencer, mounting-panel hardware or pneumatic tubing. Where the catalog lists a separately orderable head, its exact code is given above as a replacement reference; the source does not provide a screw/gasket quantity breakdown for a service kit. Series Ordering Options The S3 family offers B, C, D, Y, R, L and V heads; red-only PL; and PP, PF, PM and HS in red, green or black. Port options are M5, 06 (1/8 inch) and 08 (1/4 inch). The original linked ordering chart uses M5 for the metric complete-valve code, while some replacement-head and Chinese drawing labels use 05; those labels do not authorize changing this listing code. For 1/8 and 1/4 inch connections, a blank thread suffix means PT, G means G thread and T means NPT. M5 connections have no such thread suffix. These are series alternatives; the selected configuration is the one decoded above. Reference Weight Catalog reference weight: 78 g, from the S3PM row of the 2022 comprehensive catalog weight table (paper page 300). The catalog weight table identifies the control-head family without a port, color or thread suffix. This is that published family reference, not an independently measured weight for every option. The table states that weights are for reference only; actual weight is determined by the delivered product. This is not a measured or packaged shipping weight. Catalog Basis Technical information is taken from the linked S3 catalog and cross-checked against the 2022 comprehensive catalog, paper pages 140–142 (PDF pages 141–143). The paper-page-300 weight table is cited separately above. No unrelated series dimensions or weights are substituted. Matching Accessory Codes and Conditions Item Complete codes and use PM replacement heads (green/red/black) These are optional replacement mushroom pushbutton heads for the same S3 PM head form on the M5, 06 or 08 body. Replacement-head suffixes -P11A, -P12A and -P13A mean green, red and black, respectively. The valve already includes its selected black head; order a spare separately only when needed. Retain the selected head form and follow the operating-travel, reset and mounting instructions above. These are control-head assemblies, not complete valves.S3PM05-P11A,S3PM05-P12A Optional Piping Accessories P = this S3 valve’s female supply connection (NPT1/8); W = its female controlled working connection A (NPT1/8). The body drawing’s 2-P callout gives the two connection sizes; K identifies mounting threads, not pneumatic ports. Keep supply and working circuits separate. Multiple keys retain each use. Tube OD is mm (in = inches); compression/tubing show OD × ID. These piping accessories are optional and ordered separately. Code-prefix uses (match the longest listed family prefix): ASC inline threaded flow control; GAFR upstream filter-regulator; NBB male–male; NBKC compression fitting; NBPC metal straight; NPC straight; NPEB branch tee; NPED run tee; NPH banjo elbow; NPHF female branch banjo; NPHW twin banjo; NPKD reducing distribution fitting; NPL elbow; NPLL extended elbow; NPSA inline flow control; NPSS flow control; NPTL push-lock flow control; NPYB Y; NPZB cross; NUE PU tube. Use Size / complete codes P ASC10006T,GAFR20006ST P,W (discontinued) male NPT1/8 ↔ male NPT1/4: NBB1/8-1/4male NPT1/8 ↔ male NPT1/8: NBB1/8-1/8male NPT1/8 ↔ male NPT3/8: NBB1/8-3/81/4 × 5/32 in: NBKC1/4-5/32-1/85/16 × 1/5 in: NBKC5/16-1/5-1/85/32 × 3/32 in: NBKC5/32-3/32-1/81/4 in: NBPC1/4-1/8,NPH1/4-1/8,NPHW1/4-1/8,NPLL1/4-1/8,NPSS1/4-1/8A,NPSS1/4-1/8B,NPZB1/4-1/83/8 in: NBPC3/8-1/8,NPLL3/8-1/85/16 in: NBPC5/16-1/8,NPH5/16-1/8,NPHW5/16-1/8,NPLL5/16-1/8,NPSS5/16-1/8A,NPSS5/16-1/8B,NPZB5/16-1/85/32 in: NBPC5/32-1/8,NPH5/32-1/8,NPHW5/32-1/8,NPLL5/32-1/81/4 in; male RA NPT1/8 / female RB NPT1/8: NPHF1/4-1/85/16 in; male RA NPT1/8 / female RB NPT1/8: NPHF5/16-1/85/32 in; male RA NPT1/8 / female RB NPT1/8: NPHF5/32-1/8main 1/4 / branches 5/32 in: NPKD1/4-5/32-1/8 P,W 1/4 in: NPC1/4-1/8,NPEB1/4-1/8,NPED1/4-1/8,NPL1/4-1/8,NPSA1/4,NPTL1/4-1/8A,NPTL1/4-1/8B,NPYB1/4-1/83/8 in: NPC3/8-1/8,NPEB3/8-1/8,NPED3/8-1/8,NPL3/8-1/8,NPSA3/8,NPYB3/8-1/85/16 in: NPC5/16-1/8,NPEB5/16-1/8,NPED5/16-1/8,NPL5/16-1/8,NPSA5/16,NPTL5/16-1/8A,NPTL5/16-1/8B,NPYB5/16-1/85/32 in: NPC5/32-1/8,NPEB5/32-1/8,NPED5/32-1/8,NPL5/32-1/8,NPSA5/32,NPTL5/32-1/8A,NPTL5/32-1/8B,NPYB5/32-1/85/32 × 3/32 in: NUE95A5/32X3/32-100BK,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100BR,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100BU,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100C,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100CB,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100CE,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100CG,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100CR,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100CY,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100GA,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100GE,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100GN,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100R,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100WH,NUE95A5/32X3/32-100Y,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250BK,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250BR,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250BU,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250C,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250CB,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250CE,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250CG,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250CR,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250CY,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250GA,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250GE,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250GN,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250R,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250WH,NUE95A5/32X3/32-250Y,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500BK,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500BR,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500BU,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500C,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500CB,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500CE,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500CG,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500CR,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500CY,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500GA,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500GE,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500GN,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500R,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500WH,NUE95A5/32X3/32-500Y Match PT/G/NPT exactly. Use the specified thread seal or face gasket. Match tube OD and compression OD/ID; metric and inch sizes are not interchangeable. Use suitable soft nylon/PU tube and check seating, clearance, bends and flow. Tighten compression bodies by the hex, not tube nuts. Where listed: D is black, blank grey, -M miniature; -S denotes only the specified 304 stainless parts. NPSA are tube-side flow controls and need separate matching tube connections; they do not screw directly into P or W. NPHF use male RA at the valve; female RB requires its own matching male thread and seal and is not a tube socket. Match both adapter ends to their separate mating parts. Branches join one circuit. Keep supply P and working A separate; do not bridge these paths. Standard push-in fittings and flow-control parts: ≤1 MPa, −20–70°C. NBPC/compression fittings/thread adapters: ≤1 MPa. The listed metal push-in, compression and adapter groups have a 0–150°C range, limiting the connected valve path to 0–70°C or narrower. Apply every stricter component limit; no system vacuum rating is established. This mechanically or manually operated S3 valve operates at 0–1 MPa and −20–70°C with 40 µm filtered air. Accessory limits may narrow that range; proof pressure is not working pressure. The piping choices are optional and ordered separately, and do not establish separately orderable panel-mounting or internal-part kits. Flow-control suffix A restricts thread→tube, with free reverse flow; suffix B reverses it. Supply normally flows tube→thread. At valve working port A, suffix A restricts flow to the actuator and suffix B the return; cylinder-mounted orientation differs. Follow the flow symbols, including NPSA. Closed controls are not leak-tight isolation. Adjust gently without forcing stops; depressurize before tube removal. Never cap an active supply or working connection. ASC is a separately connected upstream supply flow control, assigned to P only. Both female ports require matching male connections; follow its P/A markings. Its limits are 0.05–0.95 MPa and −20–70°C with ≤40 µm filtration. The complete valve path must meet these and every stricter component limit; the valve’s 0–1 MPa range does not extend the ASC rating. GAFR is a separately connected upstream supply filter/regulator, assigned to P only. Both female ports require matching male piping; follow IN→OUT and check total flow and bowl/environment suitability. Inlet ≤1 MPa; regulation 0.15–0.9 MPa; −5–70°C, nonfreezing. Apply every stricter valve/component limit. Listed GAFR S versions have a 40 µm filter, PC bowl, differential/manual drain, bracket and round snap-in gauge (psi/bar), without a reverse-flow valve. Air lubrication is not required. If lubricated air is introduced, continue with consistent lubrication using ISO VG32 or equivalent oil. NPTL maximum cap-adjustment torque: 1/8: 0.08 N·m. These are not thread-installation torques. NBKC5/32-3/32-1/8 specifies 3/32 in ID in its dimension row, but the selection matrix differs. Confirm that ID with the supplier before selecting the tube. The listed NUE95A tubes serve P and W only through a listed exact 5/32 in OD connection; they do not connect directly to an NPT thread. For NBKC5/32-3/32-1/8, the supplier must also confirm 3/32 in ID. Do not substitute 4 mm, 3.2 mm, 3 mm or 1/8 in OD tube. NUE95A5/32X3/32 is ether-based PU, Shore A95±2, with 5/32 in OD × 3/32 in ID and 1/32 in wall. Working pressure is 145 psi at 73°F; 363 psi is burst pressure, not a working rating. Temperature range: −40–158°F; minimum bend radius: 8 mm. Derate with increasing temperature and obey every stricter valve, fitting and tube limit. In NUE codes, 100/250/500 after the hyphen are coil lengths in feet, not metres. Colours: BU blue, BK black, GE orange, C clear, WH white, CB clear blue, R red, Y yellow, GA gray, GN green, BR brown, CR clear red, CG clear green, CY clear yellow, CE clear orange. Match the complete length-and-colour code. Current lifecycle and supply of these catalog-listed tubes are unverified; confirm the exact item or an approved replacement before ordering. Items marked discontinued are historical service references, not current standard recommendations. Confirm availability or a manufacturer-approved replacement. An unmarked catalogue entry does not promise current production, stock or delivery. All listed options are ordered separately.

  Read more less

  $19.32

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac S3 series: mechanically operated directional valve - S3VM5

  Specifications: S3VM5 is an AirTAC S3 control valve with 3 ports, 2 positions, a vertical roller actuator and M5 × 0.8 connections. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Functional Alternative Statement Airtac S3 series valves are functional alternatives to SMC VM200 series valves. Model Code Explained Parameter Details Exact ordering code S3VM5 Series S3 3 ports, 2 positions; external direct mechanical control Control-head code V Vertical roller Port-size code M5 M5 × 0.8 Thread option No thread suffix for the M5 × 0.8 port Color suffix Not used for this control-head type Technical Specifications Parameter Details Fluid Air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating method External direct acting Valve function 3 ports, 2 positions Selected control form vertical roller Working connection M5 × 0.8 Effective flow area 2.5 mm² Cv 0.14 Operating-pressure range 0–1.0 MPa (0–145 psi) Proof pressure 1.5 MPa (215 psi) Working temperature −20 to 70 °C Body material Aluminum alloy Lubrication Not required Features and Pneumatic Operation The shut-off/poppet construction provides internal sealing and sensitive directional switching without a lubrication requirement. The valve supports body mounting and the illustrated panel arrangements for the applicable control head. The operating force is supplied by an external machine mechanism. The catalog describes this arrangement for position detection or stroke/limit switching. Lubrication is not required. If lubricated air is introduced, continue using the same lubrication medium without interruption; the catalog recommends ISO VG32 oil or an equivalent grade. Port letters identify P as the supply, A as the controlled outlet and R as exhaust. The graphical symbol in the PDF defines the exact flow paths for the selected actuator and valve position. Selected Operating Travel Parameter Details Valve-spool stroke 2.4–3.8 mm Button / roller / handle stroke 3.4–4.8 mm The listed stroke ranges are installation limits for the selected control form. Travel is not an added body dimension. Use the drawing orientation and do not drive the mechanism past its stated range. Installation, Travel Limits and Operation Mount the valve through the body fixing points or use the illustrated panel arrangement where the selected head permits it. Keep the body and head aligned and retain access to the pneumatic ports. The catalog does not state a general screw-tightening torque. Do not exceed the selected spool and actuator stroke ranges. Excess travel imposed by the external mechanism can cause leakage or damage. Engineering-plastic button components must be operated by hand and must not be struck with metal tools; the dedicated mechanical roller/plunger models are actuated by their intended external mechanism. The spring-return symbol and the installation notes identify an automatically returning actuation arrangement. Allow the actuator to return freely after releasing the operating force. Body and Mounting Dimensions The S3B body drawing supplies the base dimensions for the selected port size. A selected control head is shown separately; its dimensions are not a complete assembled-valve envelope. Drawing reference Value Drawing dimension A 26 mm Drawing dimension B 16.5 mm Drawing dimension C 36 mm Drawing dimension D 30 mm Drawing dimension KA 16 mm Drawing dimension KB 15 mm Drawing dimension PA 13 mm Drawing dimension PB 9 mm Drawing K M5 × 0.8; the illustration marks two K mounting positions Drawing P — two connection callouts M5 × 0.8 Selected Control Head and Replacement Reference The values below describe the selected actuator or control-head assembly. They are separate from the body drawing and must not be added indiscriminately to the body dimensions. Control-head drawing reference Value Head height reference 32.8 mm Intermediate vertical reference 27 mm Lower vertical reference 18 mm Head length A 26 mm Head width B 16.5 mm Mounting reference 18.5 mm Local width reference 12 mm Head mounting holes 2 × Ø3.3 mm through-holes; Ø6.0 mm countersinks The S3 catalog explicitly lists control-head assembly S3V05-P14A for this head family. The M3/S3 prefix on a shared replacement head is retained exactly; it does not change this valve’s S3 ordering code. This valve includes its selected actuator; a second head is not required for normal operation. Dimension Drawing Reminder All linear drawing values above are in millimeters unless a thread or angle unit is stated. The original drawings retain the dimension-arrow relationships, actuator orientations and port views that cannot be fully represented by a two-column table. For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal Components — Catalog Reference The sectioned illustration is labeled S3PM. Its numbered components are listed below as a series construction reference. This is not a spare-parts kit or an assertion that every actuator variation has an identical exploded assembly. Materials are stated only where the catalog expressly supplies them. Drawing item Component 1 Body 2 Bottom cover 3 Stopper plug 4 Valve core 5 Cross-head screw 6 Button pressing buckle 7 Spring 8 Clamping washer 9 Dust cover 10 Button cap 11 Main button body 12 Top cover 13 Button retaining ring 14 Clamping nut 15 Button holder 16 Button fixing connector 17 O-ring 18 Spring 19 Spring 20 O-ring Flow Characteristics The catalog flow chart for S3B-M5 plots operating pressure in MPa on the vertical axis from 0 to 0.8, and flow in L/min on the horizontal axis from 0 to 300. The family of curves illustrates the pressure/flow relationship. Axis limits are graph bounds, not guaranteed rated flow values for this complete valve; use the supplied curve and the required pressure conditions. Supply Scope and Related Heads This ordering code identifies one valve with its selected control-head form. It does not encode a multiple-valve assembly, a spare head, a silencer, mounting-panel hardware or pneumatic tubing. Where the catalog lists a separately orderable head, its exact code is given above as a replacement reference; the source does not provide a screw/gasket quantity breakdown for a service kit. Series Ordering Options The S3 family offers B, C, D, Y, R, L and V heads; red-only PL; and PP, PF, PM and HS in red, green or black. Port options are M5, 06 (1/8 inch) and 08 (1/4 inch). The original linked ordering chart uses M5 for the metric complete-valve code, while some replacement-head and Chinese drawing labels use 05; those labels do not authorize changing this listing code. For 1/8 and 1/4 inch connections, a blank thread suffix means PT, G means G thread and T means NPT. M5 connections have no such thread suffix. These are series alternatives; the selected configuration is the one decoded above. Reference Weight Catalog reference weight: 89 g, from the S3V row of the 2022 comprehensive catalog weight table (paper page 300). The catalog weight table identifies the control-head family without a port, color or thread suffix. This is that published family reference, not an independently measured weight for every option. The table states that weights are for reference only; actual weight is determined by the delivered product. This is not a measured or packaged shipping weight. Catalog Basis Technical information is taken from the linked S3 catalog and cross-checked against the 2022 comprehensive catalog, paper pages 140–142 (PDF pages 141–143). The paper-page-300 weight table is cited separately above. No unrelated series dimensions or weights are substituted. Optional Piping Accessories P = this S3 valve’s female supply connection (M5); W = its female controlled working connection A (M5). The body drawing’s 2-P callout gives the two connection sizes; K identifies mounting threads, not pneumatic ports. Keep supply and working circuits separate. M5 means M5 × 0.8. Multiple keys retain each use. Tube OD is mm (in = inches); compression/tubing show OD × ID. These piping accessories are optional and ordered separately. Code-prefix uses (match the longest listed family prefix): BKC/GBKC compression fitting; BPC/GBPC metal straight; BPOC metal straight; GPC/PC straight; GPEB/PEB branch tee; GPED/PED run tee; GPH/PH banjo elbow; GPHF/PHF female branch banjo; GPL/PL elbow; GPLL/PLL extended elbow; GPSA/PSA inline flow control; GPSS/PSS flow control; GPYB/PYB Y; POC round straight; PSL elbow flow control; PTL push-lock flow control; UE PU tube; US PU tube. Use Size / complete codes P,W 4 × 2.5: BKC0425-M5,BKC0425-M5-S,GBKC0425-M5,UE95A040025100MBU,US98A040025100MBU4: BPC4M5,BPOC4M5,GBPC4M5,GPC4M5-M,GPC4M5D-M,GPEB4M5,GPEB4M5D,GPED4M5,GPED4M5D,GPH4M5,GPH4M5D,GPHF4M5,GPHF4M5D,GPL4M5,GPL4M5-M,GPL4M5D,GPL4M5D-M,GPLL4M5,GPLL4M5D,GPSA4,GPSA4D,GPSS4M5A,GPSS4M5AD,GPSS4M5B,GPSS4M5BD,GPYB4M5,GPYB4M5D,PC4M5,PC4M5-M,PC4M5-S,PC4M5D,PC4M5D-M,PC4M5D-S,PEB4M5,PEB4M5-S,PEB4M5D,PEB4M5D-S,PED4M5,PED4M5-S,PED4M5D,PED4M5D-S,PH4M5,PH4M5-S,PH4M5D,PH4M5D-S,PHF4M5,PHF4M5-S,PHF4M5D,PHF4M5D-S,PL4M5,PL4M5-M,PL4M5-S,PL4M5D,PL4M5D-M,PL4M5D-S,PLL4M5,PLL4M5-S,PLL4M5D,PLL4M5D-S,POC4M5,POC4M5-S,POC4M5D,POC4M5D-S,PSA4,PSA4-S,PSA4D,PSA4D-S,PSL4M5A,PSL4M5A-S,PSL4M5AD,PSL4M5AD-S,PSL4M5B,PSL4M5B-S,PSL4M5BD,PSL4M5BD-S,PSS4M5A,PSS4M5A-S,PSS4M5AD,PSS4M5AD-S,PSS4M5B,PSS4M5B-S,PSS4M5BD,PSS4M5BD-S,PTL4M5A-M,PTL4M5AD-M,PTL4M5B-M,PTL4M5BD-M,PYB4M5,PYB4M5-S,PYB4M5D,PYB4M5D-S6: BPC6M5,BPOC6M5,GBPC6M5,GPC6M5,GPC6M5-M,GPC6M5D,GPC6M5D-M,GPEB6M5,GPEB6M5D,GPED6M5,GPED6M5D,GPH6M5,GPH6M5D,GPHF6M5,GPHF6M5D,GPL6M5,GPL6M5-M,GPL6M5D,GPL6M5D-M,GPLL6M5,GPLL6M5D,GPSA6,GPSA6D,GPYB6M5,GPYB6M5D,PC6M5,PC6M5-M,PC6M5-S,PC6M5D,PC6M5D-M,PC6M5D-S,PEB6M5,PEB6M5-S,PEB6M5D,PEB6M5D-S,PED6M5,PED6M5-S,PED6M5D,PED6M5D-S,PH6M5,PH6M5-S,PH6M5D,PH6M5D-S,PHF6M5,PHF6M5-S,PHF6M5D,PHF6M5D-S,PL6M5,PL6M5-M,PL6M5-S,PL6M5D,PL6M5D-M,PL6M5D-S,PLL6M5,PLL6M5-S,PLL6M5D,PLL6M5D-S,POC6M5,POC6M5-S,POC6M5D,POC6M5D-S,PSA6,PSA6-S,PSA6D,PSA6D-S,PSL6M5A,PSL6M5A-S,PSL6M5AD,PSL6M5AD-S,PSL6M5B,PSL6M5B-S,PSL6M5BD,PSL6M5BD-S,PTL6M5A-M,PTL6M5AD-M,PTL6M5B-M,PTL6M5BD-M,PYB6M5,PYB6M5-S,PYB6M5D,PYB6M5D-S3.2: GPC3.2M5-M,GPC3.2M5D-M,GPL3.2M5-M,GPL3.2M5D-M,PC3.2M5-M,PC3.2M5D-M,PL3.2M5-M,PL3.2M5D-M3.2 × 2: UE95A032020100MBU,US98A032020100MBU6 × 4: UE95A060040100MBU,US98A060040100MBU Match PT/G/NPT exactly. M5, including G-prefixed M5, is M5 × 0.8, not #10-32UNF. Use the specified thread seal or face gasket. Match tube OD and compression OD/ID; metric and inch sizes are not interchangeable. Use suitable soft nylon/PU tube and check seating, clearance, bends and flow. Tighten compression bodies by the hex, not tube nuts. Where listed: D is black, blank grey, -M miniature; -S denotes only the specified 304 stainless parts. PSA/GPSA are tube-side flow controls and need separate matching tube connections; they do not screw directly into P or W. PHF/GPHF use male RA at the valve; female RB requires its own matching male thread and seal and is not a tube socket. Branches join one circuit. Keep supply P and working A separate; do not bridge these paths. Standard push-in fittings and flow-control parts: ≤1 MPa, −20–70°C. Metal BPC/BPOC/GBPC: ≤0.9 MPa; compression fittings: ≤1 MPa. The listed metal push-in and compression groups have a 0–150°C range, limiting the connected valve path to 0–70°C or narrower. Apply every stricter component limit; no system vacuum rating is established. This mechanically or manually operated S3 valve operates at 0–1 MPa and −20–70°C with 40 µm filtered air. Accessory limits may narrow that range; proof pressure is not working pressure. The piping choices are optional and ordered separately, and do not establish separately orderable panel-mounting or internal-part kits. Flow-control suffix A restricts thread→tube, with free reverse flow; suffix B reverses it. Supply normally flows tube→thread. At valve working port A, suffix A restricts flow to the actuator and suffix B the return; cylinder-mounted orientation differs. Follow the flow symbols, including PSA/GPSA. Closed controls are not leak-tight isolation. Adjust gently without forcing stops; depressurize before tube removal. Never cap an active supply or working connection. US98A/UE95A examples are separately ordered blue 100 m metric PU coils rated 1 MPa at 23°C. US98A: −20–70°C; UE95A: −40–70°C. Match OD/ID and derate as temperature rises within valve/component limits; 1 MPa is not assured throughout. Use inch tube where the selected connection requires it; metric tube is not a substitute. PTL recommended cap-adjustment torque: miniature M5 PTL: 0.05 N·m. These are not thread-installation torques. Items marked discontinued are historical service references, not current standard recommendations. Confirm availability or a manufacturer-approved replacement. An unmarked catalogue entry does not promise current production, stock or delivery. All listed options are ordered separately.

  Read more less

  $18.08

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac S3 series: manually operated directional valve - S3Y08G

  Specifications: S3Y08G is an AirTAC S3 control valve with 3 ports, 2 positions, a hand lever actuator and G 1/4 inch connections. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Functional Alternative Statement Airtac S3 series valves are functional alternatives to SMC VM200 series valves. Model Code Explained Parameter Details Exact ordering code S3Y08G Series S3 3 ports, 2 positions; external direct mechanical control Control-head code Y Hand lever Port-size code 08 G 1/4 inch Thread option G = G Color suffix Not used for this control-head type Technical Specifications Parameter Details Fluid Air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating method External direct acting Valve function 3 ports, 2 positions Selected control form hand lever Working connection G 1/4 inch Effective flow area 12.0 mm² Cv 0.67 Operating-pressure range 0–1.0 MPa (0–145 psi) Proof pressure 1.5 MPa (215 psi) Working temperature −20 to 70 °C Body material Aluminum alloy Lubrication Not required Features and Pneumatic Operation The shut-off/poppet construction provides internal sealing and sensitive directional switching without a lubrication requirement. The valve supports body mounting and the illustrated panel arrangements for the applicable control head. The selected control head is manually operated. The available head forms serve different operator controls; only the head encoded in this exact model is selected here. The catalog identifies this control-head family as using a metal mechanism for durability and stable operation. That statement does not assign an unspecified material to every internal component. Lubrication is not required. If lubricated air is introduced, continue using the same lubrication medium without interruption; the catalog recommends ISO VG32 oil or an equivalent grade. Port letters identify P as the supply, A as the controlled outlet and R as exhaust. The graphical symbol in the PDF defines the exact flow paths for the selected actuator and valve position. Selected Operating Travel Parameter Details Selected Y-lever travel The reversal-stroke table does not give a numerical Y-lever stroke. Use its dedicated lever drawing; a pushbutton or roller stroke is not substituted. The listed stroke ranges are installation limits for the selected control form. Travel is not an added body dimension. Use the drawing orientation and do not drive the mechanism past its stated range. Installation, Travel Limits and Operation Mount the valve through the body fixing points or use the illustrated panel arrangement where the selected head permits it. Keep the body and head aligned and retain access to the pneumatic ports. The catalog does not state a general screw-tightening torque. Do not exceed the selected spool and actuator stroke ranges. Excess travel imposed by the external mechanism can cause leakage or damage. Engineering-plastic button components must be operated by hand and must not be struck with metal tools; the dedicated mechanical roller/plunger models are actuated by their intended external mechanism. This control form is manually reset. Return the lever or selector deliberately to the required position; it is not described as an automatically returning pushbutton. Body and Mounting Dimensions The S3B body drawing supplies the base dimensions for the selected port size. A selected control head is shown separately; its dimensions are not a complete assembled-valve envelope. Drawing reference Value Drawing dimension A 34 mm Drawing dimension B 17.5 mm Drawing dimension C 52 mm Drawing dimension D 46 mm Drawing dimension KA 24 mm Drawing dimension KB 22.5 mm Drawing dimension PA 21 mm Drawing dimension PB 12 mm Drawing K M5 × 0.8; the illustration marks two K mounting positions Drawing P — two connection callouts G 1/4 inch Selected Control Head and Replacement Reference The values below describe the selected actuator or control-head assembly. They are separate from the body drawing and must not be added indiscriminately to the body dimensions. Control-head drawing reference Value Head height reference 42 mm Head base length 33.5 mm Plan length reference 37 mm Head width 16.5 mm Local vertical reference 17 mm Lower vertical reference 10.5 mm The S3 catalog explicitly lists control-head assembly M3Y210-P13A for this head family. The M3/S3 prefix on a shared replacement head is retained exactly; it does not change this valve’s S3 ordering code. This valve includes its selected actuator; a second head is not required for normal operation. Dimension Drawing Reminder All linear drawing values above are in millimeters unless a thread or angle unit is stated. The original drawings retain the dimension-arrow relationships, actuator orientations and port views that cannot be fully represented by a two-column table. For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal Components — Catalog Reference The sectioned illustration is labeled S3PM. Its numbered components are listed below as a series construction reference. This is not a spare-parts kit or an assertion that every actuator variation has an identical exploded assembly. Materials are stated only where the catalog expressly supplies them. Drawing item Component 1 Body 2 Bottom cover 3 Stopper plug 4 Valve core 5 Cross-head screw 6 Button pressing buckle 7 Spring 8 Clamping washer 9 Dust cover 10 Button cap 11 Main button body 12 Top cover 13 Button retaining ring 14 Clamping nut 15 Button holder 16 Button fixing connector 17 O-ring 18 Spring 19 Spring 20 O-ring Flow Characteristics The catalog flow chart for S3B-08 plots operating pressure in MPa on the vertical axis from 0 to 0.8, and flow in L/min on the horizontal axis from 0 to 1200. The family of curves illustrates the pressure/flow relationship. Axis limits are graph bounds, not guaranteed rated flow values for this complete valve; use the supplied curve and the required pressure conditions. Supply Scope and Related Heads This ordering code identifies one valve with its selected control-head form. It does not encode a multiple-valve assembly, a spare head, a silencer, mounting-panel hardware or pneumatic tubing. Where the catalog lists a separately orderable head, its exact code is given above as a replacement reference; the source does not provide a screw/gasket quantity breakdown for a service kit. Series Ordering Options The S3 family offers B, C, D, Y, R, L and V heads; red-only PL; and PP, PF, PM and HS in red, green or black. Port options are M5, 06 (1/8 inch) and 08 (1/4 inch). The original linked ordering chart uses M5 for the metric complete-valve code, while some replacement-head and Chinese drawing labels use 05; those labels do not authorize changing this listing code. For 1/8 and 1/4 inch connections, a blank thread suffix means PT, G means G thread and T means NPT. M5 connections have no such thread suffix. These are series alternatives; the selected configuration is the one decoded above. Reference Weight Catalog reference weight: 115 g, from the S3Y row of the 2022 comprehensive catalog weight table (paper page 300). The catalog weight table identifies the control-head family without a port, color or thread suffix. This is that published family reference, not an independently measured weight for every option. The table states that weights are for reference only; actual weight is determined by the delivered product. This is not a measured or packaged shipping weight. Catalog Basis Technical information is taken from the linked S3 catalog and cross-checked against the 2022 comprehensive catalog, paper pages 140–142 (PDF pages 141–143). The paper-page-300 weight table is cited separately above. No unrelated series dimensions or weights are substituted. Optional Piping Accessories P = this S3 valve’s female supply connection (G1/4); W = its female controlled working connection A (G1/4). The body drawing’s 2-P callout gives the two connection sizes; K identifies mounting threads, not pneumatic ports. Keep supply and working circuits separate. Multiple keys retain each use. Tube OD is mm (in = inches); compression/tubing show OD × ID. These piping accessories are optional and ordered separately. Code-prefix uses (match the longest listed family prefix): ASC inline threaded flow control; GAFR upstream filter-regulator; GBB male–male; GBD male–female; GBKC compression fitting; GBPC metal straight; GPC straight; GPEB branch tee; GPED run tee; GPH banjo elbow; GPHF female branch banjo; GPHW twin banjo; GPKD reducing distribution fitting; GPL elbow; GPLL extended elbow; GPSA/PSA inline flow control; GPSS flow control; GPTL push-lock flow control; GPYB Y; GPZB cross; UE PU tube; US PU tube. Use Size / complete codes P ASC20008G,GAFR20008SG,GAFR30008SG P,W male G1/4 ↔ male G1/8: GBB0102male G1/4 ↔ male G1/4: GBB0202male G3/8 ↔ male G1/4: GBB0203male G1/2 ↔ male G1/4: GBB0204male G1/4 ↔ female G1/8: GBD01026 × 4: GBKC0604-02,UE95A060040100MBU,US98A060040100MBU8 × 5: GBKC0805-02,UE95A080050100MBU,US98A080050100MBU8 × 5.5 or 6: GBKC0806-0210 × 6.5: GBKC1065-02,UE95A100065100MBU,US98A100065100MBU10 × 7.5 or 8: GBKC1075-0212 × 8: GBKC1208-02,UE95A120080100MBU,US98A120080100MBU12 × 9 or 10: GBKC1209-0210: GBPC1002,GPC1002,GPC1002D,GPEB1002,GPEB1002D,GPED1002,GPED1002D,GPH1002,GPH1002D,GPHW1002,GPHW1002D,GPL1002,GPL1002D,GPLL1002,GPLL1002D,GPSA10,GPSA10D,GPSS1002A,GPSS1002AD,GPSS1002B,GPSS1002BD,GPTL1002A,GPTL1002AD,GPTL1002B,GPTL1002BD,GPYB1002,GPYB1002D,GPZB1002,GPZB1002D,PSA10,PSA10-S,PSA10D,PSA10D-S12: GBPC1202,GPC1202,GPC1202D,GPEB1202,GPEB1202D,GPED1202,GPED1202D,GPL1202,GPL1202D,GPLL1202,GPLL1202D,GPSA12,GPSA12D,GPYB1202,GPYB1202D,PSA12,PSA12-S,PSA12D,PSA12D-S4: GBPC402,GPC402-M,GPC402D-M,GPEB402,GPEB402D,GPED402,GPED402D,GPL402-M,GPL402D-M,GPLL402,GPLL402D,GPSA4,GPSA4D,GPYB402,GPYB402D,PSA4,PSA4-S,PSA4D,PSA4D-S6: GBPC602,GPC602,GPC602D,GPEB602,GPEB602D,GPED602,GPED602D,GPH602,GPH602D,GPHW602,GPHW602D,GPL602,GPL602D,GPLL602,GPLL602D,GPSA6,GPSA6D,GPSS602A,GPSS602AD,GPSS602B,GPSS602BD,GPTL602A,GPTL602AD,GPTL602B,GPTL602BD,GPYB602,GPYB602D,GPZB602,GPZB602D,PSA6,PSA6-S,PSA6D,PSA6D-S8: GBPC802,GPC802,GPC802D,GPEB802,GPEB802D,GPED802,GPED802D,GPH802,GPH802D,GPHW802,GPHW802D,GPL802,GPL802D,GPLL802,GPLL802D,GPSA8,GPSA8D,GPSS802A,GPSS802AD,GPSS802B,GPSS802BD,GPTL802A,GPTL802AD,GPTL802B,GPTL802BD,GPYB802,GPYB802D,GPZB802,GPZB802D,PSA8,PSA8-S,PSA8D,PSA8D-S10; male RA G1/4 / female RB G1/4: GPHF1002,GPHF1002D6; male RA G1/4 / female RB G1/4: GPHF602,GPHF602D8; male RA G1/4 / female RB G1/4: GPHF802,GPHF802Dmain 8 / branch 6: GPKD8-602,GPKD8-602D4 × 2.5: UE95A040025100MBU,US98A040025100MBU Match PT/G/NPT exactly. Use the specified thread seal or face gasket. Match tube OD and compression OD/ID; metric and inch sizes are not interchangeable. Use suitable soft nylon/PU tube and check seating, clearance, bends and flow. Tighten compression bodies by the hex, not tube nuts. Where listed: D is black, blank grey, -M miniature; -S denotes only the specified 304 stainless parts. PSA/GPSA are tube-side flow controls and need separate matching tube connections; they do not screw directly into P or W. GPHF use male RA at the valve; female RB requires its own matching male thread and seal and is not a tube socket. Match both adapter ends to their separate mating parts. Branches join one circuit. Keep supply P and working A separate; do not bridge these paths. Standard push-in fittings and flow-control parts: ≤1 MPa, −20–70°C. Metal GBPC: ≤0.9 MPa; compression fittings/thread adapters: ≤1 MPa. The listed metal push-in, compression and adapter groups have a 0–150°C range, limiting the connected valve path to 0–70°C or narrower. Apply every stricter component limit; no system vacuum rating is established. This mechanically or manually operated S3 valve operates at 0–1 MPa and −20–70°C with 40 µm filtered air. Accessory limits may narrow that range; proof pressure is not working pressure. The piping choices are optional and ordered separately, and do not establish separately orderable panel-mounting or internal-part kits. Flow-control suffix A restricts thread→tube, with free reverse flow; suffix B reverses it. Supply normally flows tube→thread. At valve working port A, suffix A restricts flow to the actuator and suffix B the return; cylinder-mounted orientation differs. Follow the flow symbols, including PSA/GPSA. Closed controls are not leak-tight isolation. Adjust gently without forcing stops; depressurize before tube removal. Never cap an active supply or working connection. ASC is a separately connected upstream supply flow control, assigned to P only. Both female ports require matching male connections; follow its P/A markings. Its limits are 0.05–0.95 MPa and −20–70°C with ≤40 µm filtration. The complete valve path must meet these and every stricter component limit; the valve’s 0–1 MPa range does not extend the ASC rating. GAFR is a separately connected upstream supply filter/regulator, assigned to P only. Both female ports require matching male piping; follow IN→OUT and check total flow and bowl/environment suitability. Inlet ≤1 MPa; regulation 0.15–0.9 MPa; −5–70°C, nonfreezing. Apply every stricter valve/component limit. Listed GAFR S versions have a 40 µm filter, PC bowl, differential/manual drain, bracket and round snap-in gauge (bar/MPa), without a reverse-flow valve. Air lubrication is not required. If lubricated air is introduced, continue with consistent lubrication using ISO VG32 or equivalent oil. US98A/UE95A examples are separately ordered blue 100 m metric PU coils rated 1 MPa at 23°C. US98A: −20–70°C; UE95A: −40–70°C. Match OD/ID and derate as temperature rises within valve/component limits; 1 MPa is not assured throughout. Use inch tube where the selected connection requires it; metric tube is not a substitute. GPTL recommended cap-adjustment torque: 1/4: 0.16 N·m. These are not thread-installation torques. Items marked discontinued are historical service references, not current standard recommendations. Confirm availability or a manufacturer-approved replacement. An unmarked catalogue entry does not promise current production, stock or delivery. All listed options are ordered separately.

  Read more less

  $23.43

  View options

Show more products